Oracle Database 11.2g Security Technical Implementation Guide
Pick two releases to diff their requirements.
Open a previous version of this STIG.
Digest of Updates ✎ 2
Comparison against the immediately-prior release (V1R15). Rule matching uses the Group Vuln ID. Content-change detection compares the rule’s description, check, and fix text after stripping inline markup — cosmetic-only edits aren’t flagged.
Content changes 2
- V-52425 Medium checkfix Use of the DBMS software installation account must be restricted.
- V-53981 Medium descriptioncheckfix The Oracle password file ownership and permissions should be limited to the Oracle installation account and REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE parameter must be set to EXCLUSIVE or NONE.
- RMF Control
- AC-6
- Severity
- H
- CCI
- CCI-000040
- Version
- O112-C1-004500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52125
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66341r2_rule
Checks: C-54181r3_chk
Review host system privileges assigned to the Oracle DBA group and all individual Oracle DBA accounts. Note: Do not include the Oracle software installation account in any results for this check. For UNIX systems (as root): cat /etc/group | grep -i dba groups root If "root" is returned in the first list, this is a finding. If any accounts listed in the first list are also listed in the second list, this is a finding. Investigate any user account group memberships other than DBA or root groups that are returned by the following command (also as root): groups [dba user account] Replace [dba user account] with the user account name of each DBA account. If individual DBA accounts are assigned to groups that grant access or privileges for purposes other than DBA responsibilities, this is a finding. For Windows Systems (click or select): Start >> Settings >> Control Panel >> Administrative Tools >> Computer Management >> Local Users and Groups >> Groups >> ORA_DBA Start >> Settings >> Control Panel >> Administrative Tools >> Computer Management >> Local Users and Groups >> Groups >> ORA_[SID]_DBA (if present) Note: Users assigned DBA privileges on a Windows host are granted membership in the ORA_DBA and/or ORA_[SID]_DBA groups. The ORA_DBA group grants DBA privileges to any database on the system. The ORA_[SID]_DBA groups grant DBA privileges to specific Oracle instances only. Make a note of each user listed. For each user (click or select): Start >> Settings >> Control Panel >> Administrative Tools >> Computer Management >> Local Users and Groups >> Users >> [DBA user name] >> Member of If DBA users belong to any groups other than DBA groups and the Windows Users group, this is a finding. Examine User Rights assigned to DBA groups or group members: Start >> Settings >> Control Panel >> Administrative Tools >> Local Security Policy >> Security Settings >> Local Policies >> User Rights Assignments If any User Rights are assigned directly to the DBA group(s) or DBA user accounts, this is a finding.
Fix: F-56939r2_fix
Revoke all host system privileges from the DBA group accounts and DBA user accounts not required for DBMS administration. Revoke all OS group memberships that assign excessive privileges to the DBA group accounts and DBA user accounts. Remove any directly applied permissions or user rights from the DBA group accounts and DBA user accounts. Document all DBA group accounts and individual DBA account assigned privileges in the System Security Plan.
- RMF Control
- SC-14
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001149
- Version
- O112-C2-017100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52133
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66349r1_rule
Checks: C-54189r1_chk
Determine whether the database houses and distributes information to the public. Review DBMS settings to determine whether controls exist to protect the integrity of publicly available information. If not, this is a finding. - - - - - All of the permissions and policies we would employ to protect information would be in play, like access control mechanisms, auditing, and password protection. For data that is for display or download to the public for their informational needs, it may be appropriate to place the data in a read-only tablespace. This will provide the DBA with the ability to modify content as needed by modifying the tablespace from read-only to read-write in the event the content needs to be modified. Check with the Application Developer to see what tables are used to store the data and/or content that is displayed to the public. Then find the tablespace name the data objects are stored in. $ sqlplus connect as sysdba SQL> SELECT table_name, tablespace_name from dba_tables where upper(table_name) like &tablename_from_developer; For better performance while accessing data in a read-only tablespace, you can issue a query that accesses all of the blocks of the tables in the tablespace just before making it read-only. A simple query, such as SELECT COUNT (*), executed against each table ensures that the data blocks in the tablespace can be subsequently accessed most efficiently. This eliminates the need for the database to check the status of the transactions that most recently modified the blocks. The following statement makes the flights tablespace read-only: ALTER TABLESPACE flights READ ONLY; You can issue the ALTER TABLESPACE...READ ONLY statement while the database is processing transactions. After the statement is issued, the tablespace is put into a transitional read-only state. No transactions are allowed to make further changes (using DML statements) to the tablespace. If a transaction attempts further changes, it is terminated and rolled back. However, transactions that already made changes and that attempt no further changes are allowed to commit or roll back. The ALTER TABLESPACE...READ ONLY statement waits for the following transactions to either commit or roll back before returning: transactions that have pending or uncommitted changes to the tablespace and that were started before you issued the statement. If a transaction started before the statement remains active, but rolls back to a savepoint, rolling back its changes to the tablespace, then the statement no longer waits for this active transaction.
Fix: F-56947r1_fix
Apply appropriate controls to protect the integrity of publicly available information. - - - - - If the appropriate controls include placing the data in a read-only tablespace, proceed as follows. After we figure out the tablespace the data object is stored in: $ sqlplus connect as sysdba SQL> SELECT table_name, tablespace_name from dba_tables where upper(table_name) like &tablename_from_developer; Once we get the name of the tablespace where all of the important data is stored, alter the tablespace to be read-only. SQL> ALTER TABLESPACE &tablespace_where_data_is READ ONLY; For better performance while accessing data in a read-only tablespace, you can issue a query that accesses all of the blocks of the tables in the tablespace just before making it read-only. A simple query, such as SELECT COUNT (*), executed against each table ensures that the data blocks in the tablespace can be subsequently accessed most efficiently. This eliminates the need for the database to check the status of the transactions that most recently modified the blocks. You can issue the ALTER TABLESPACE...READ ONLY statement while the database is processing transactions. After the statement is issued, the tablespace is put into a transitional read-only state. No transactions are allowed to make further changes (using DML statements) to the tablespace. If a transaction attempts further changes, it is terminated and rolled back. However, transactions that already made changes and that attempt no further changes are allowed to commit or roll back. If a transaction started before the statement remains active, but rolls back to a savepoint, rolling back its changes to the tablespace, then the statement no longer waits for this active transaction.
- RMF Control
- SC-23
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001185
- Version
- O112-C2-017600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52135
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66351r2_rule
Checks: C-54191r1_chk
Review DBMS settings and vendor documentation to verify user sessions are terminated upon user logout. If they are not, this is a finding. Review system documentation and organization policy to identify other events that should result in session terminations. If other session termination events are defined, review DBMS settings to verify occurrences of these events would cause session termination. If occurrences of defined session-terminating events do not cause session terminations, this is a finding. When a user logs out of an Oracle session gracefully or has the session terminated for an idle timeout or any other reason, the session is terminated, and the resources are returned to the system. Check with the DBA to see what mechanism is used to disconnect the session and what events the site uses to determine if a connection needs to be terminated. To test for timeout, open a connection and leave it idle for a period greater than the defined idle timeout setting enforced by the system. Then try to use the connection. If the connection is no longer active, then the mechanism deployed to terminate the connection is active and working.
Fix: F-56949r5_fix
Configure DBMS settings to terminate sessions upon user logout. Configure DBMS settings to terminate sessions upon the occurrence of any organization or policy-defined session termination event. - - - - - To configure specific session termination processes we need to define the organization or policy-defined session termination event. Below are some examples. Oracle has several ways to disconnect idle sessions, both from within SQL*Plus via resources profiles (connect_time, idle_time) and with the SQL*net expire time parameter. You can use profiles to set the connect time and idle time with "alter profile" statements: alter profile senior_claim_analyst limit connect_time 180000 sessions_per_user 2 ldle_time 1800; Profiles comprise a named set of resource limits. By default, when you create users, they are given the default profile, which provides unlimited use of all resources. The syntax to create a profile follows: CREATE PROFILE LIMIT resource_parameters|password_parameters; Resource_parameters: [SESSIONS_PER_USER n|UNLIMITED|DEFAULT] [CPU_PER_SESSION n|UNLIMITED|DEFAULT] [CPU_PER_CALL n|UNLIMITED|DEFAULT] [CONNECT_TIME n|UNLIMITED|DEFAULT] [IDLE_TIME n|UNLIMITED|DEFAULT] By setting resource limits, you can prevent users from performing operations that will tie up the system and prevent other users from performing operations. You can use resource limits for security, to ensure that users log off the system, so as not to leave the session connected for long periods of time. The system resource limits can be enforced at the session-level, the call level, or both. The session-level is calculated from the time the user logs in to the database until the user exits. The call level applies to each SQL command issued. Session-level limits are enforced for each connection. When a session-level limit is exceeded, only the last SQL command issued is rolled back; no further work can be performed until a commit, rollback, or exit is performed. Using SQLNET.EXPIRE_TIME The sqlnet.expire_time parameter is used to set a time interval, in minutes, to determine how often a probe should be sent verifying that client/server connections are active. If you need to ensure that connections are not left open indefinitely (or up to the time set by operating system-specific parameters), you should set a value that is greater than 0. This protects the system from connections left open due to an abnormal client termination. When the probe detects a terminated connection or a connection no longer in use, it signals an error, causing the server process to exit. This setting is intended for use on the database server side of the connection, which usually handles multiple connections at any one time. Limitations on using this terminated (dead) connection detection feature are: sqlnet.expire_time cannot be used on bequeathed connections. The SQL*Net expire_time probe packet will generate additional network traffic that may downgrade the network's performance, depending on the number of connections. Depending on the operating system that is in use, additional server processing may need to be performed to distinguish the connection probe from other events that occur. This overhead for detection of probe events can result in downgraded network performance. Turning-on expire_time To set up these advanced features, simply edit your sqlnet.ora file. If you are a beginner, follow this procedure: Start the Oracle Network Manager GUI. In the GUI navigator pane, expand the icons Local > Profile. From the list on the right hand pane, select General. Click on the Advanced tab. Next, enter the values for the fields or options you want to set. When you are finished, choose File > Save Network Configuration to write your changes to the sqlnet.ora file. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) The sqlnet.ora inbound_connect_timeout parameter The sqlnet.ora inbound_connect_timeout parameter is used to limit the time, set in seconds, for a client to connect with the database server and provide the required authentication information. Also see sqlnet.inbound_connect_timeout tips. To limit consumption of Oracle resources by unauthorized users and enable an audit trail, you should set time-limit values for the sqlnet.inbound_connect_timeout parameter in wall-clock seconds. (This parameter does not have default values.) Failure resulting from sqlnet.inbound_connect_timeout will throw an ORA-03136 inbound connection timed out error.
- RMF Control
- SC-23
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001186
- Version
- O112-C2-017700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52137
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66353r2_rule
Checks: C-54193r2_chk
If any application using the database can be closed, or logged out of, by the user, yet does not close the user's session in the DBMS, this is a finding. - - - - - - This is default behavior for the Oracle database. To test this functionality, create a user named testuser1 as SYSDBA and grant connect to testuser1. The V$SESSION is the place where all of the sessions that are established with the database are tracked, so we can count the number of active sessions by counting the rows in that table. Initiate session one sqlplus connect sysdba SQL>select count(*) from v$session count (*) --------- 26 Then connect as a different user in a second terminal session and after successfully connecting, issue the select count(*) command again and the number should increase by one, then have user1 exit the session. If you have the SYSDBA do another select count(*) from v$session, you will see the session count will go down by 1. When a session no longer exists, the resources are de-allocated. sqlplus connect as user1 SQL>exit
Fix: F-56951r2_fix
Code applications to close database sessions when the user logs out or closes the application.
- RMF Control
- SC-24
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001665
- Version
- O112-C2-018200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52141
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66357r3_rule
Checks: C-54197r5_chk
If the database is used solely for transient data (such as one dedicated to Extract-Transform-Load (ETL)), and a clear plan exists for the recovery of the database by means other than archiving, this not a finding. If it has been determined that up-to-the second recovery is not necessary and this fact is recorded in the system documentation, with appropriate approval, this is not a finding. Check DBMS settings to determine whether system state information is being preserved in the event of a system failure. The necessary state information is defined as "information necessary to determine cause of failure and to return to operations with least disruption to mission/business processes". Oracle creates what is known as archive logs. Archive logs contain information required to replay a transaction should something happen. The redo logs are also used to copy transactions or pieces of transactions. Issue the following commands to check the status of archive log mode: $ sqlplus connect as sysdba --Check current archivelog mode in database SQL> archive log list Database log mode Archive Mode Automatic archival Enabled Archive destination /home/oracle/app/oracle/arc2/ORCL Oldest online log sequence 433 Next log sequence to archive 435 Current log sequence 435 If archive log mode is not enabled, this is a finding.
Fix: F-56955r2_fix
Configure DBMS settings to preserve all required system state information in the event of a system failure. If the database is not in archive log mode, issue the following commands to put the database in archive log mode. The database must be normally shutdown and restarted before it can be placed in archive log mode. $ sqlplus connect as sysdba -- stop and dismount database and shutdown instance. SQL> shutdown immediate; Database closed. Database dismounted. ORACLE instance shut down. SQL> startup mount; -- Restart instance. ORACLE instance started. Total System Global Area 1653518336 bytes Fixed Size 2228904 bytes Variable Size 1325403480 bytes Database Buffers 318767104 bytes Redo Buffers 7118848 bytes Database mounted. SQL> alter database archivelog; -- Enable ArchiveLog Database altered. SQL> alter database open; -- Re-open database Database altered. Issue the following command to see the new status: SQL> select log_mode from v$database; LOG_MODE ------------ ARCHIVELOG SQL> archive log list; Database log mode Archive Mode Automatic archival Enabled Archive destination USE_DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST Oldest online log sequence 294 Next log sequence to archive 296 Current log sequence 296 The database is now in archive log mode, and transactions are either being recorded to transport to another database or being re-applied if the database becomes corrupt and needs to be restored from the last backup. Use the redo logs to replay transactions not captured in the backup.
- RMF Control
- SC-28
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001199
- Version
- O112-C2-018300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52143
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66359r2_rule
Checks: C-54199r3_chk
If the application owner and Authorizing Official have determined that encryption of data at rest is NOT required, this is not a finding. Review DBMS settings to determine whether controls exist to protect the confidentiality and integrity of data at rest in the database. If controls do not exist or are not enabled, this is a finding. To ensure that the appropriate controls are in place, discuss the precautions taken with the site Database Administrators and System Administrators and try to modify data at rest. Oracle recommends using Transparent Data Encryption to protect data. In order to check to see if the data is encrypted, for example, upon an auditor's request, Oracle provides views that document the encryption status of your database. For TDE column encryption, please use the view 'dba_encrypted_columns', which lists the owner, table name, column name, encryption algorithm, and salt, for all encrypted columns. For TDE tablespace encryption, the following SQL statement lists all encrypted tablespaces with their encryption algorithm and corresponding, encrypted, data files. Issue the following commands to check to see if the data at rest is encrypted. $ sqlplus connect as sysdba SQL> SELECT t.name "TSName", e.encryptionalg "Algorithm", d.file_name "File Name" FROM v$tablespace t, v$encrypted_tablespaces e, dba_data_files d WHERE t.ts# = e.ts# and t.name = d.tablespace_name; The next SQL statement lists the table owner, tables within encrypted tablespaces, and the encryption algorithm: SQL> SELECT a.owner "Owner", a.table_name "Table Name", e.encryptionalg "Algorithm", FROM dba_tables a, v$encrypted_tablespaces e WHERE a.tablespace_name in (select t.name from v$tablespace t, v$encrypted_tablespaces e where t.ts# = e.ts#);
Fix: F-56957r1_fix
Apply appropriate controls to protect the confidentiality and integrity of data at rest in the database. If no site-specific precautions are in place, use Oracle Advanced Security Option to encrypt data at rest. If ASO is not an option, use site-specific procedures to secure data at rest.
- RMF Control
- SC-28
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001200
- Version
- O112-C2-018400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52145
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66361r3_rule
Checks: C-54201r5_chk
Check DBMS settings to determine whether cryptographic mechanisms are used to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of information at rest. If cryptographic mechanisms are not being utilized, this is a finding. Oracle recommends using Transparent Data Encryption to protect data at rest. - - - - - Caution: Do not attempt to encrypt Oracle internal objects such as SYSTEM, SYSAUX, UNDO, or TEMP tablespaces. Oracle does not support this with TDE. - - - - - In order to check to see if the data is encrypted, for example, upon an auditor's request, Oracle provides views that document the encryption status of your database. For TDE column encryption, please use the view 'dba_encrypted_columns', which lists the owner, table name, column name, encryption algorithm, and salt, for all encrypted columns. For TDE tablespace encryption, the following SQL statement lists all encrypted tablespaces with their encryption algorithm and corresponding, encrypted, data files. Issue the following commands to check to see if the data at rest is encrypted. $ sqlplus connect as sysdba SQL> SELECT t.name "TSName", e.encryptionalg "Algorithm", d.file_name "File Name" FROM v$tablespace t, v$encrypted_tablespaces e, dba_data_files d WHERE t.ts# = e.ts# and t.name = d.tablespace_name; The next SQL statement lists the table owner, tables within encrypted tablespaces, and the encryption algorithm: SQL> SELECT a.owner "Owner", a.table_name "Table Name", e.encryptionalg "Algorithm", FROM dba_tables a, v$encrypted_tablespaces e WHERE a.tablespace_name in (select t.name from v$tablespace t, v$encrypted_tablespaces e where t.ts# = e.ts#);
Fix: F-56959r2_fix
Configure DBMS to use cryptographic mechanisms to prevent unauthorized disclosure of information at rest. Deploy Oracle Advanced Security option, a locally developed encryption system, or a third-party product to encrypt data at rest. If ASO is not an option, use site-specific procedures to secure data at rest.
- RMF Control
- SC-3
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001084
- Version
- O112-C2-018500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52147
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66363r1_rule
Checks: C-54203r1_chk
Check DBMS settings to determine whether objects or code implementing security functionality are located in a separate security domain, such as a separate database or schema created specifically for security functionality. If security-related database objects or code are not kept separate, this is a finding. The Oracle elements of security functionality such as the roles, permissions and profiles along with password complexity requirements are stored in separate schemas in the database. Review any site-specific applications security modules built into the database and determine what schema they are located in and take appropriate action. The Oracle objects will be in the Oracle Data Dictionary.
Fix: F-56961r1_fix
Locate security-related database objects and code in a separate database, schema, or other separate security domain from database objects and code implementing application logic. (This is the default behavior for Oracle.) Review any site-specific applications security modules built into the database: determine what schema they are located in and take appropriate action.
- RMF Control
- AC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001682
- Version
- O112-C2-018600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52149
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66365r2_rule
Checks: C-54205r2_chk
If the organization has a policy, consistently enforced, forbidding the creation of emergency or temporary accounts, this is not a finding. Check DBMS settings, OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms settings to determine if emergency accounts are being automatically terminated by the system after an organization-defined time period. Check also for custom code (scheduled jobs, procedures, triggers, etc.) for achieving this. If emergency accounts are not being terminated after an organization-defined time period, this is a finding.
Fix: F-56965r1_fix
Create a profile specifically for emergency or temporary accounts. When creating the accounts, assign them to this profile. Configure DBMS, OS, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms, or implement custom code, to terminate accounts with this profile after an organization-defined time period.
- RMF Control
- AU-3
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001487
- Version
- O112-C2-007900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52151
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66367r2_rule
Checks: C-54207r2_chk
Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQLPlus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value "NONE", this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish the identity of the user/subject or process, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If no user ID, or the wrong value, is returned for the auditable actions just performed, this is a finding.
Fix: F-56967r6_fix
Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit standard and organization-defined auditable events, the audit record to include the identity of any user/subject or process associated with the event. If preferred, use a third-party or custom tool. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. Use this query to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and "Verifying Security Access with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and "27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm
- RMF Control
- SI-4
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001274
- Version
- O112-C2-018800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52153
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66369r1_rule
Checks: C-54209r1_chk
Check DBMS settings to determine whether security personnel are alerted automatically when unusual or security-related activities (threats identified by authoritative sources (e.g. CTOs) and IAW with CJCSM 6510.01A) are detected on the database. If security personnel are not automatically alerted, this is a finding.
Fix: F-56969r1_fix
Configure database to automatically alert security personnel of inappropriate or unusual activities with security implications. Oracle provides this capability with the Audit Vault. Install and configure Oracle Audit Vault if it is available. If Audit Vault is not available, implement custom code or deploy a third-party product to satisfy this requirement.
- RMF Control
- AU-3
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000135
- Version
- O112-C2-008000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52155
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66371r2_rule
Checks: C-54211r2_chk
Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQLPlus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value "NONE", this is a finding. Compare the organization-defined auditable events with the Oracle documentation to determine whether standard auditing covers all the requirements. If it does, this is not a finding. Compare those organization-defined auditable events that are not covered by the standard auditing, with the existing Fine-Grained Auditing (FGA) specifications returned by the following query: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_FGA_AUDIT_TRAIL; If any such auditable event is not covered by the existing FGA specifications, this is a finding.
Fix: F-56971r5_fix
Either configure the DBMS's auditing to audit organization-defined auditable events; or if preferred, use a third-party or custom tool. The tool must provide the minimum capability to audit the required events. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. Use this query to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be "OS", "DB", "DB,EXTENDED", "XML" or "XML,EXTENDED". After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. If the organization-defined additional audit requirements are not covered by the default audit options, deploy and configure Fine-Grained Auditing. For details, refer to Oracle documentation, at the location above. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and "Verifying Security Access with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and "27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm
- RMF Control
- SC-4
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001090
- Version
- O112-C2-018900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52157
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66373r1_rule
Checks: C-54213r1_chk
Verify there are proper procedures in place for the refreshing of development/test data from production. Review any scripts or code that exists for the movement of production data to development/test and verify copies of production data are not left in unprotected locations. If there is no documented procedure for data movement from production to development/test, this is a finding. If the code that exists for data movement does not remove any copies of production data from unprotected locations, this is a finding.
Fix: F-56973r1_fix
Create and document a process for moving data from production to development/test systems, and follow the process. Modify any code used for moving data from production to development/test systems to ensure copies of production data are not left in non-secured locations. Moving data is only a part of the challenge of protecting the data. When the data is moved, it should also be changed so sensitive information is not made available in development environments. With the Oracle Data Masking Pack for Oracle Enterprise Manager, organizations can comply with data privacy and protection mandates that restrict the use of actual customer data. With Oracle Data Masking Pack, sensitive information such as credit card or social security numbers can be replaced with realistic values, allowing production data to be safely used for development, testing, or sharing with out-source or off-shore partners for other nonproduction purposes. When used in conjunction with Oracle Enterprise Manager, it is easy to develop a secure process which is capable of obfuscating the data during the movement process. If the Oracle Data Masking Pack and Enterprise Manager are not available, develop site-specific procedures to manage and obfuscate sensitive data.
- RMF Control
- AU-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000143
- Version
- O112-C2-008200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52159
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66375r2_rule
Checks: C-54215r1_chk
Review DBMS, OS, or third-party logging application settings to determine whether a warning will be provided when a specific percentage of log storage capacity is reached. If no warning will be provided, this is a finding.
Fix: F-56975r1_fix
Modify DBMS, OS, or third-party logging application settings to alert appropriate personnel when a specific percentage of log storage capacity is reached. For ease of management, it is recommended that the audit tables be kept in a dedicated tablespace. If Oracle Enterprise Manager is in use, the capability to issue such an alert is built in and configurable via the console so an email can be sent to a designated administrator. If Enterprise Manager is unavailable, the following script can be used to monitor storage space; this can be combined with additional code to email the appropriate administrator so they can take action. sqlplus connect as sysdba SQL> set pagesize 300 SQL> set linesize 120 SQL> column sumb format 9,999,999,999,999 SQL> column extents format 999999 SQL> column bytes format 9,999,999,999,999 SQL> column largest format 9,999,999,999,999 SQL> column Tot_Size format 9,999,999,999,999 SQL> column Tot_Free format 9,999,999,999,999 SQL> column Pct_Free format 9,999,999,999,999 SQL> column Chunks_Free format 9,999,999,999,999 SQL> column Max_Free format 9,999,999,999,999 SQL> set echo off SQL> spool TSINFO.txt SQL> PROMPT SPACE AVAILABLE IN TABLESPACES SQL> select a.tablespace_name,sum(a.tots) Tot_Size, SQL> sum(a.sumb) Tot_Free, SQL> sum(a.sumb)*100/sum(a.tots) Pct_Free, SQL> sum(a.largest) Max_Free,sum(a.chunks) Chunks_Free SQL> from SQL> ( SQL> select tablespace_name,0 tots,sum(bytes) sumb, SQL> max(bytes) largest,count(*) chunks SQL> from dba_free_space a SQL> group by tablespace_name SQL> union SQL> select tablespace_name,sum(bytes) tots,0,0,0 from SQL> dba_data_files SQL> group by tablespace_name) a SQL> group by a.tablespace_name; Sample Output SPACE AVAILABLE IN TABLESPACES TABLESPACE_NAME TOT_SIZE TOT_FREE PCT_FREE MAX_FREE CHUNKS_FREE ------------------------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ DES2 41,943,040 30,935,040 74 30,935,040 1 DES2_I 31,457,280 23,396,352 74 23,396,352 1 RBS 60,817,408 57,085,952 94 52,426,752 16 SYSTEM 94,371,840 5,386,240 6 5,013,504 3 TEMP 563,200 561,152 100 133,120 5 TOOLS 120,586,240 89,407,488 74 78,190,592 12 USERS 1,048,576 26,624 3 26,624 1
- RMF Control
- SC-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001092
- Version
- O112-C2-019100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52161
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66377r1_rule
Checks: C-54217r1_chk
Review DBMS settings to verify the DBMS implements measures to limit the effects of the organization-defined types of Denial of Service (DoS) attacks. If measures have not been implemented, this is a finding. Check the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/listener.ora to see if a Rate Limit has been established. A rate limit is used to prevent denial of service (DOS) attacks on a database or to control a login storm such as may be caused by an application server reboot. - - - - - Example of a listener configuration with rate limiting in effect: CONNECTION_RATE_LISTENER=10 LISTENER= (ADDRESS_LIST= (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1521)(RATE_LIMIT=yes)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1522)(RATE_LIMIT=yes)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1526)) ) LISTENER= (ADDRESS_LIST= (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1521)(RATE_LIMIT=8)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1522)(RATE_LIMIT=12)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1526)) )
Fix: F-56977r1_fix
Implement measures to limit the effects of organization-defined types of Denial of Service attacks. Modify the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/listener.ora to establish a Rate Limit.
- RMF Control
- AU-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000144
- Version
- O112-C2-008300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52163
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66379r2_rule
Checks: C-54219r2_chk
Review Oracle Corp., OS, or third-party logging software settings to determine whether a real-time alert will be sent to the appropriate personnel when auditing fails for any reason. If real-time alerts are not sent upon auditing failure, this is a finding.
Fix: F-56979r3_fix
Configure logging software to send a real-time alert to appropriate personnel when auditing fails for any reason. (Oracle recommends the use of Oracle Enterprise Manager.)
- RMF Control
- SI-10
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001310
- Version
- O112-C2-019500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52165
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66381r2_rule
Checks: C-54221r1_chk
Review DBMS code, settings, field definitions, constraints and triggers to determine whether or not data being input into the database is validated. If code exists that allows invalid data to be acted upon or input into the database, this is a finding. If field definitions do not exist in the database, this is a finding. If fields do not contain enabled constraints where required, this is a finding. - - - - - Oracle provides built-in processes to keep data and its integrity intact by using constraints. Integrity Constraint States You can specify that a constraint is enabled (ENABLE) or disabled (DISABLE). If a constraint is enabled, data is checked as it is entered or updated in the database, and data that does not conform to the constraint is prevented from being entered. If a constraint is disabled, then data that does not conform can be allowed to enter the database. Additionally, you can specify that existing data in the table must conform to the constraint (VALIDATE). Conversely, if you specify NOVALIDATE, you are not ensured that existing data conforms. An integrity constraint defined on a table can be in one of the following states: ENABLE, VALIDATE ENABLE, NOVALIDATE DISABLE, VALIDATE DISABLE, NOVALIDATE For details about the meaning of these states and an understanding of their consequences, see the Oracle Database SQL Language Reference. Some of these consequences are discussed here. Disabling Constraints To enforce the rules defined by integrity constraints, the constraints should always be enabled. However, consider temporarily disabling the integrity constraints of a table for the following performance reasons: - When loading large amounts of data into a table - When performing batch operations that make massive changes to a table (for example, changing every employee's number by adding 1000 to the existing number) - When importing or exporting one table at a time In all three cases, temporarily disabling integrity constraints can improve the performance of the operation, especially in data warehouse configurations. It is possible to enter data that violates a constraint while that constraint is disabled. Thus, you should always enable the constraint after completing any of the operations listed in the preceding bullet list. Enabling Constraints While a constraint is enabled, no row violating the constraint can be inserted into the table. However, while the constraint is disabled, such a row can be inserted. This row is known as an exception to the constraint. If the constraint is in the enable nonvalidated state, violations resulting from data entered while the constraint was disabled remain. The rows that violate the constraint must be either updated or deleted in order for the constraint to be put in the validated state. You can identify exceptions to a specific integrity constraint while attempting to enable the constraint. See "Reporting Constraint Exceptions". All rows violating constraints are noted in an EXCEPTIONS table, which you can examine. Enable Nonvalidate Constraint State When a constraint is in the enable nonvalidate state, all subsequent statements are checked for conformity to the constraint. However, any existing data in the table is not checked. A table with enable nonvalidated constraints can contain invalid data, but it is not possible to add new invalid data to it. Enabling constraints in the nonvalidated state is most useful in data warehouse configurations that are uploading valid OLTP data. Enabling a constraint does not require validation. Enabling a constraint nonvalidate is much faster than enabling and validating a constraint. Also, validating a constraint that is already enabled does not require any DML locks during validation (unlike validating a previously disabled constraint). Enforcement guarantees that no violations are introduced during the validation. Hence, enabling without validating enables you to reduce the downtime typically associated with enabling a constraint. Efficient Use of Integrity Constraints: A Procedure Using integrity constraint states in the following order can ensure the best benefits: Disable state. Perform the operation (load, export, import). Enable nonvalidate state. Enable state. Some benefits of using constraints in this order are: No locks are held. All constraints can go to enable state concurrently. Constraint enabling is done in parallel. Concurrent activity on table is permitted. Setting Integrity Constraints Upon Definition When an integrity constraint is defined in a CREATE TABLE or ALTER TABLE statement, it can be enabled, disabled, or validated or not validated as determined by your specification of the ENABLE/DISABLE clause. If the ENABLE/DISABLE clause is not specified in a constraint definition, the database automatically enables and validates the constraint. Disabling Constraints Upon Definition The following CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE statements both define and disable integrity constraints: CREATE TABLE emp ( empno NUMBER(5) PRIMARY KEY DISABLE, . . . ; ALTER TABLE emp ADD PRIMARY KEY (empno) DISABLE; An ALTER TABLE statement that defines and disables an integrity constraint never fails because of rows in the table that violate the integrity constraint. The definition of the constraint is allowed because its rule is not enforced. Enabling Constraints Upon Definition The following CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE statements both define and enable integrity constraints: CREATE TABLE emp ( empno NUMBER(5) CONSTRAINT emp.pk PRIMARY KEY, . . . ; ALTER TABLE emp ADD CONSTRAINT emp.pk PRIMARY KEY (empno); An ALTER TABLE statement that defines and attempts to enable an integrity constraint can fail because rows of the table violate the integrity constraint. If this case, the statement is rolled back, and the constraint definition is not stored and not enabled. When you enable a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint an associated index is created.
Fix: F-56983r1_fix
Modify database code to properly validate data before it is put into the database or acted upon by the database. Modify database to contain field definitions for each field in the database. Modify database to contain constraints on database columns and tables that require them for data validity. Review the application schemas implemented on the system. Check the DDL for the tables that are created for the applications to see if constraints have been enabled. - - - - - Enabling Constraints Upon Definition The following CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE statements both define and enable integrity constraints: CREATE TABLE emp ( empno NUMBER(5) CONSTRAINT emp.pk PRIMARY KEY, . . . ) ; ALTER TABLE emp ADD CONSTRAINT emp.pk PRIMARY KEY (empno); An ALTER TABLE statement that defines and attempts to enable an integrity constraint can fail because existing rows of the table violate the integrity constraint. In this case, the statement is rolled back, and the constraint definition is not stored and not enabled. When you enable a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, an associated index is created.
- RMF Control
- AU-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000139
- Version
- O112-C2-008500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52167
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66383r2_rule
Checks: C-54223r4_chk
Review OS or third-party logging application settings to determine whether an alert will be sent to the designated organizational personnel when auditing fails for any reason. If no alert will be sent, this is a finding.
Fix: F-56981r3_fix
Modify OS or third-party logging application settings to alert designated organizational personnel when auditing fails for any reason. If Oracle Enterprise Manager is in use, the capability to issue such an alert is built in and configurable via the console so an alert can be sent to a designated administrator.
- RMF Control
- SI-7
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001297
- Version
- O112-C2-019600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52169
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66385r1_rule
Checks: C-54227r1_chk
Verify the DBMS system initialization and shutdowns are configured to ensure the DBMS system and data files remain in a secure state. If the DBMS does not support this, verify third-party software or custom scripting at the OS level performs this function. If neither the DBMS, a third-party application, nor the OS is performing integrity verification of DBMS system files, this is a finding.
Fix: F-56987r1_fix
Utilize a DBMS, OS, or third-party product to perform file verification of DBMS system file integrity at startup and shutdown. (Using Oracle Configuration Manager with Enterprise Manager, configured to perform this verification, is one possible way of satisfying this requirement.)
- RMF Control
- AU-7
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000158
- Version
- O112-C2-008900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52171
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66387r2_rule
Checks: C-54225r3_chk
Review the system (OS, applications external to Oracle, and/or a separate log aggregation and query server) to determine whether it provides the ability to automatically process audit records for events based on selectable event criteria. If the system does not provide these abilities, they may be handled by a separate application. If the ability to automatically process audit records for events based on selectable event criteria does not exist, this is a finding.
Fix: F-56985r2_fix
Utilize a tool, application or service that provides the ability to automatically process audit records for events based on selectable event criteria.
- RMF Control
- SI-11
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001311
- Version
- O112-C2-019800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52173
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66389r1_rule
Checks: C-54231r1_chk
Check DBMS settings to determine whether security-related error conditions are monitored for, and whether appropriate personnel are notified. If security-related error conditions are not being monitored for, this is a finding. If appropriate personnel are not alerted when a security-related error condition is found, this is a finding.
Fix: F-56991r1_fix
Configure DBMS to monitor for security-related error conditions. Configure DBMS to alert appropriate personnel when security-related error conditions are found. This can be accomplished by using Oracle Audit Vault and/or Oracle Enterprise Manager. If neither of these products is deployed then develop a site-specific solution. - - - - - Notes to assist in developing a site-specific solution: The AUD$ table has a column called RETURNCODE. That column provides the return code, so, for example, if the security-related condition is someone trying to select data from a table that is not there, it would show up in the AUD$ table as an ORA-00942 - table or view does not exist. Since the RETURNCODE column is only numeric, only the 00942 would be stored. If the query for the information returned a row, the process would then need to form and send an email message. Oracle recommends the use of Oracle Audit Vault to fill this requirement without creating a custom solution. It is possible to set up notifications and alerts in Enterprise Manager as well, and if either of these alternatives is not available, a custom solution will be necessary.
- RMF Control
- AU-7
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000158
- Version
- O112-C2-009000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52175
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66391r1_rule
Checks: C-54229r1_chk
Review any audit settings for: - Unsuccessful login attempts; - Account locking events; - Account disabling from a specific source location; - Failed database object attempts or attempts to access objects that do not exist; and - Other activities that may produce unexpected failures or trigger DBMS lockdown actions. If any of the above events as applicable to the DBMS are not audited, this is a finding. - - - - - - Check the current users in the database to see what profile they are assigned. The login attempts past a site-defined allowable number, along with account locking, is best performed using a profile that defines the limits on these activities as designed by the DBA at a specific site. Failed database object access or attempt to access objects is monitored by auditing. Checking other activities that may produce unexpected failures or trigger database lockdown procedures is possible, but the check for the existence of those procedures is not possible unless they are defined. Check to see what profiles exist for the different users of the database. SQL>col name format a20 col username format a21 col profile format a10 col "tmp tba" format a10 select u.username, u.default_tablespace, u.temporary_tablespace "TMP TBS", u.profile, r.granted_role, r.admin_option, r.default_role from sys.dba_users u, sys.dba_role_privs r where u.username = r.grantee (+) group by u.username, u.default_tablespace, u.temporary tablespace, u.profile, r.granted_role, r.admin_option, r.default_role; View existing profiles and see what their settings are. SQL> select profile, resource_name, limit from dba_profiles order by profile, resource_name; This is the audit table. Specific actions are logged in this table. SQL> desc aud$; Name Null? Type ----------------------------------------- -------- ----------------------- SESSIONID NOT NULL NUMBER ENTRYID NOT NULL NUMBER STATEMENT NOT NULL NUMBER TIMESTAMP# DATE USERID VARCHAR2(30) USERHOST VARCHAR2(128) TERMINAL VARCHAR2(255) ACTION# NOT NULL NUMBER RETURNCODE NOT NULL NUMBER OBJ$CREATOR VARCHAR2(30) OBJ$NAME VARCHAR2(128) AUTH$PRIVILEGES VARCHAR2(16) AUTH$GRANTEE VARCHAR2(30) NEW$OWNER VARCHAR2(30) NEW$NAME VARCHAR2(128) SES$ACTIONS VARCHAR2(19) SES$TID NUMBER LOGOFF$LREAD NUMBER LOGOFF$PREAD NUMBER LOGOFF$LWRITE NUMBER LOGOFF$DEAD NUMBER LOGOFF$TIME DATE COMMENT$TEXT VARCHAR2(4000) CLIENTID VARCHAR2(64) SPARE1 VARCHAR2(255) SPARE2 NUMBER OBJ$LABEL RAW(255) SES$LABEL RAW(255) PRIV$USED NUMBER SESSIONCPU NUMBER NTIMESTAMP# TIMESTAMP(6) PROXY$SID NUMBER USER$GUID VARCHAR2(32) INSTANCE# NUMBER PROCESS# VARCHAR2(16) XID RAW(8) AUDITID VARCHAR2(64) SCN NUMBER DBID NUMBER SQLBIND CLOB SQLTEXT CLOB OBJ$EDITION VARCHAR2(30)
Fix: F-56989r1_fix
Configure auditing to capture the events listed below where available in the DBMS: - Unsuccessful login attempts - Account locking events - Account disabling from a specific source location - Failed database object attempts or attempts to access objects that do not exist - Other activities that may produce unexpected failures or trigger DBMS lockdown actions - - - - - Oracle provides the $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin/secconf.sql script. If any of the site-specific requirements are not met with this script, check the Oracle(R) Database SQL Language Reference, 11g Release 2 (11.2), part number E41084-02, for additional audit options. The secconf.sql script has many options already deployed, but there are additional options that can be invoked.
- RMF Control
- SI-11
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001312
- Version
- O112-C2-019900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52177
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66393r2_rule
Checks: C-54235r1_chk
Check DBMS settings and custom database and application code to verify error messages do not contain information beyond what is needed for troubleshooting the issue. If database errors contain PII data, sensitive business data, or information useful for identifying the host system, this is a finding. (Notes on Oracle's approach to this issue: Out of the box, Oracle covers this. For example, if a user does not have access to a table, the error is just that the table or view does not exist. The Oracle database is not going to display a Social Security Number in an error code unless an application is programmed to do so. Oracle applications will not expose the actual transactional data to a screen. The only way Oracle will capture this information is to enable specific logging levels. Custom code would require a review to ensure compliance.)
Fix: F-56995r1_fix
Configure DBMS and custom database and application code not to divulge sensitive information or information useful for system identification in error information.
- RMF Control
- AU-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000162
- Version
- O112-C2-009300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52179
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66395r2_rule
Checks: C-54233r3_chk
Review locations of audit logs, both internal to the database and database audit logs located at the operating system-level. Verify there are appropriate controls and permissions to protect the audit information from unauthorized access. If appropriate controls and permissions do not exist, this is a finding. - - - - - DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes all object grants in the database. Check to see who has permissions on the AUD$ table. Related View DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes the object grants for which the current user is the object owner, grantor, or grantee. Column Datatype NULL Description GRANTEE VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user to whom access was granted OWNER VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Owner of the object TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the object GRANTOR VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user who performed the grant PRIVILEGE VARCHAR2(40) NOT NULL Privilege on the object GRANTABLE VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the GRANT OPTION (YES) or not (NO) HIERARCHY VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the HIERARCHY OPTION (YES) or not (NO) sqlplus connect as sysdba; SQL> SELECT * FROM DBA_TAB_PRIVS where table_name = 'AUD$'; SQL> SELECT * FROM DBA_COL_PRIVS where table_name = 'AUD$';
Fix: F-56993r2_fix
Add controls and modify permissions to protect database audit log data from unauthorized access, whether stored in the database itself or at the OS level. Revoke access to the AUD$ table to anyone who should not have access to it.
- RMF Control
- SI-11
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001314
- Version
- O112-C2-020000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52181
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66397r2_rule
Checks: C-54237r1_chk
Check DBMS settings and custom database code to determine if error messages are ever displayed to unauthorized individuals: i) Review all end-user-facing applications that use the database, to determine whether they display any DBMS-generated error messages to general users. If they do, this is a finding. ii) Review whether the database is accessible to users who are not authorized system administrators or database administrators, via the following types of software: iia) Oracle SQL*Plus iib) Reporting and analysis tools iic) Database management and/or development tools, such as, but not limited to, Toad. iid) Application development tools, such as, but not limited to, Oracle JDeveloper, Microsoft Visual Studio, PowerBuilder, or Eclipse. If the answer to the preceding question (ii through iid) is Yes, inquire whether, for each role or individual with respect to each tool, this access is required to enable the user(s) to perform authorized job duties. If No, this is a finding. If Yes, continue: For each tool in use, determine whether it is capable of suppressing DBMS-generated error messages, and if it is, whether it is configured to do so. Determine whether the role or individual, with respect to each tool, needs to see detailed DBMS-generated error messages. If No, and if the tool is not configured to suppress such messages, this is a finding. If Yes, determine whether the role/user's need to see such messages is documented in the System Security Plan. If so, this is not a finding. If not, this is a finding.
Fix: F-56997r2_fix
i) For each end-user-facing application that displays DBMS-generated error messages, configure or recode it to suppress these messages. (If the application is coded in Oracle PL/SQL, the EXCEPTION block can be used to suppress or divert error messages. Most other programming languages provide comparable facilities, such as TRY ... CATCH.) ii) For each unauthorized user of each tool, remove the ability to access it. For each tool where access to DBMS error messages is not required and can be configured, suppress the messages. For each role/user that needs access to the error messages, or needs a tool where the messages cannot be suppressed, document the need in the system security plan.
- RMF Control
- SI-4
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001670
- Version
- O112-C2-020300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52183
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66399r1_rule
Checks: C-54241r1_chk
Obtain the CC/S/A/FA's list of suspicious event types and the actions to be taken in response, ordered from least disruptive to last resort. If the list does not exist, this is a finding. For each event type in the list, review the measures in place in the DBMS/database configuration that are designed to detect and/or counter the event. (Alerting an administrator or operator to the problem is a valid measure.) If, for any event type defined in the list, no means of detecting the event exists, this is a finding. For each event type where an automatic countermeasure is defined, verify that its implementation is congruent with the list of defined actions. If not, this is a finding. Verify that administrators/operators are familiar with the list and the notification mechanism and are equipped to follow the instructions in the list. If not, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57001r1_fix
If the list does not exist, create it. For any event type defined in the list where no means of detecting the event exists, either create the means of detection or modify the list. For each event type where an automatic countermeasure is defined but its implementation differs from its description in the list, either modify the countermeasure or amend the list. If any administrators/operators are unfamiliar with the list or the notification mechanism, train them. If any administrators/operators are not equipped to follow the instructions in the list, provide them with the means to do so. Ensure the list is incorporated into, or referenced by, the System Security Plan. Note that Oracle Audit Vault and Oracle Database Vault are optional products that can be of considerable use in implementing active protection measures of this kind.
- RMF Control
- AU-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000163
- Version
- O112-C2-009400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52185
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66401r1_rule
Checks: C-54239r1_chk
Review locations of audit logs, both internal to the database and database audit logs located at the operating system-level. Verify there are appropriate controls and permissions to protect the audit information from unauthorized modification. If appropriate controls and permissions do not exist, this is a finding. - - - - - - DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes all object grants in the database. Check to see who has permissions on the AUD$ table. Related View DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes the object grants for which the current user is the object owner, grantor, or grantee. Column Datatype NULL Description GRANTEE VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user to whom access was granted OWNER VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Owner of the object TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the object GRANTOR VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user who performed the grant PRIVILEGE VARCHAR2(40) NOT NULL Privilege on the object GRANTABLE VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the GRANT OPTION (YES) or not (NO) HIERARCHY VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the HIERARCHY OPTION (YES) or not (NO) sqlplus connect as sysdba; SQL> SELECT GRANTEE, TABLE_NAME, COLUMN_NAME, PRIVILEGE FROM DBA_COL_PRIVS where table_name = 'AUD$';
Fix: F-56999r1_fix
Add controls and modify permissions to protect database audit log data from unauthorized modification, whether stored in the database itself or at the OS level. - - - - - Revoke access to the AUD$ table to anyone who you do not want to have access to the AUD$ table. In the check we looked for all users who had access to the AUD$ table. To fix this, use the REVOKE command to revoke access to users who should not have access to the audit data. REVOKE statement Use the REVOKE statement to remove permissions from a specific user or from all users to perform actions on database objects. The following types of permissions can be revoked: Delete data from a specific table. Insert data into a specific table. Create a foreign key reference to the named table or to a subset of columns from a table. Select data from a table, view, or a subset of columns in a table. Create a trigger on a table. Update data in a table or in a subset of columns in a table. Run a specified routine (function or procedure). If a user named FRED had access to the AUD$ table and you want to revoke that access, use the following command. The syntax that you use for the REVOKE statement for tables is as follows: REVOKE privilege-type ON [ TABLE ] { table-Name | view-Name } FROM grantees SQL>REVOKE SELECT ON TABLE AUD$ FROM FRED; Revoking a privilege without specifying a column list revokes the privilege for all of the columns in the table. Syntax for routines table-privileges include DELETE | INSERT | REFERENCES [column list] | SELECT [column list] | TRIGGER | UPDATE [column list] column list ( column-identifier {, column-identifier}* ) Use the ALL PRIVILEGES privilege type to revoke all of the permissions from the user for the specified table. You can also revoke one or more table privileges by specifying a privilege-list. Use the DELETE privilege type to revoke permission to delete rows from the specified table. Use the INSERT privilege type to revoke permission to insert rows into the specified table. Use the REFERENCES privilege type to revoke permission to create a foreign key reference to the specified table. If a column list is specified with the REFERENCES privilege, the permission is revoked on only the foreign key reference to the specified columns. Use the SELECT privilege type to revoke permission to perform SELECT statements on a table or view. If a column list is specified with the SELECT privilege, the permission is revoked on only those columns. If no column list is specified, then the privilege is valid on all of the columns in the table. Use the TRIGGER privilege type to revoke permission to create a trigger on the specified table. Use the UPDATE privilege type to revoke permission to use the UPDATE statement on the specified table. If a column list is specified, the permission is revoked only on the specified columns. grantees { authorization ID | PUBLIC } [,{ authorization ID | PUBLIC } ] * You can revoke the privileges from specific users or from all users. Use the keyword PUBLIC to specify all users. The privileges revoked from PUBLIC and from individual users are independent privileges. For example, a SELECT privilege on table t is granted to both PUBLIC and to the authorization ID harry. The SELECT privilege is later revoked from the authorization ID 'Harry', but the authorization ID 'Harry' can access the table through the PUBLIC privilege. Restriction: You cannot revoke the privileges of the owner of an object. routine-designator { qualified-name [ signature ] } Cascading object dependencies For views, triggers, and constraints, if the privilege on which the object depends on is revoked, the object is automatically dropped. Derby does not try to determine if you have other privileges that can replace the privileges that are being revoked. For more information, see "SQL standard authorization" in the Java DB Developer's Guide. Limitations The following limitations apply to the REVOKE statement: Table-level privileges All of the table-level privilege types for a specified grantee and table ID are stored in one row in the SYSTABLEPERMS system table. For example, when user2 is granted the SELECT and DELETE privileges on table user1.t1, a row is added to the SYSTABLEPERMS table. The GRANTEE field contains user2 and the TABLEID contains user1.t1. The SELECTPRIV and DELETEPRIV fields are set to Y. The remaining privilege type fields are set to N. When a grantee creates an object that relies on one of the privilege types, the Derby engine tracks the dependency of the object on the specific row in the SYSTABLEPERMS table. For example, user2 creates the view v1 by using the statement SELECT * FROM user1.t1; the dependency manager tracks the dependency of view v1 on the row in SYSTABLEPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1). The dependency manager knows only that the view is dependent on a privilege type in that specific row but does not track exactly which privilege type the view is dependent on. When a REVOKE statement for a table-level privilege is issued for a grantee and table ID, all of the objects that are dependent on the grantee and table ID are dropped. For example, if user1 revokes the DELETE privilege on table t1 from user2, the row in SYSTABLEPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1) is modified by the REVOKE statement. The dependency manager sends a revoke invalidation message to the view user2.v1, and the view is dropped, even though the view is not dependent on the DELETE privilege for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1). Column-level privileges Only one type of privilege for a specified grantee and table ID are stored in one row in the SYSCOLPERMS system table. For example, when user2 is granted the SELECT privilege on table user1.t1 for columns c12 and c13, a row is added to the SYSCOLPERMS. The GRANTEE field contains user2, the TABLEID contains user1.t1, the TYPE field contains S, and the COLUMNS field contains c12, c13. When a grantee creates an object that relies on the privilege type and the subset of columns in a table ID, the Derby engine tracks the dependency of the object on the specific row in the SYSCOLPERMS table. For example, user2 creates the view v1 by using the statement SELECT c11 FROM user1.t1; the dependency manager tracks the dependency of view v1 on the row in SYSCOLPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1), TYPE(S). The dependency manager knows that the view is dependent on the SELECT privilege type but does not track exactly which columns the view is dependent on. When a REVOKE statement for a column-level privilege is issued for a grantee, table ID, and type, all of the objects that are dependent on the grantee, table ID, and type are dropped. For example, if user1 revokes the SELECT privilege on column c12 on table user1.t1 from user2, the row in SYSCOLPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1), TYPE(S) is modified by the REVOKE statement. The dependency manager sends a revoke invalidation message to the view user2.v1, and the view is dropped, even though the view is not dependent on the column c12 for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1), TYPE(S). Revoke examples To revoke the SELECT privilege on table t from the authorization IDs 'Maria' and 'Harry', use the following syntax: SQL>REVOKE SELECT ON TABLE t FROM maria,harry To revoke the UPDATE and TRIGGER privileges on table t from the authorization IDs 'Anita' and 'Zhi', use the following syntax: SQL>REVOKE UPDATE, TRIGGER ON TABLE t FROM anita,zhi To revoke the SELECT privilege on table s.v from all users, use the following syntax: SQL>REVOKE SELECT ON TABLE s.v FROM PUBLIC To revoke the UPDATE privilege on columns c1 and c2 of table s.v from all users, use the following syntax: SQL>REVOKE UPDATE (c1,c2) ON TABLE s.v FROM PUBLIC To revoke the EXECUTE privilege on procedure p from the authorization ID 'George', use the following syntax: SQL>REVOKE EXECUTE ON PROCEDURE p FROM george RESTRICT
- RMF Control
- AC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001683
- Version
- O112-C2-020400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52187
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66403r2_rule
Checks: C-54243r1_chk
Check DBMS settings to determine whether it will notify appropriate individuals when accounts are created. If the DBMS does not notify appropriate individuals when accounts are created, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57003r3_fix
Working with the DBA and site management, determine the appropriate individuals (by job role) to be notified. If Oracle Audit Vault is available, configure it to notify the appropriate individuals when accounts are created. If Oracle Audit Vault is not available, configure the Oracle DBMS's auditing feature to record account-creation activity. Create and deploy a mechanism, such as a frequently-run job, to monitor the audit table or file for these records and notify the appropriate individuals.
- RMF Control
- AU-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000164
- Version
- O112-C2-009500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52189
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66405r1_rule
Checks: C-54245r1_chk
Review locations of audit logs, both internal to the database and database audit logs located at the operating system-level. Verify there are appropriate controls and permissions to protect the audit information from unauthorized deletion. If appropriate controls and permissions do not exist, this is a finding. - - - - - DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes all object grants in the database. Check to see who has permissions on the AUD$ table. Related View DBA_TAB_PRIVS describes the object grants for which the current user is the object owner, grantor, or grantee. Column Datatype NULL Description GRANTEE VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user to whom access was granted OWNER VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Owner of the object TABLE_NAME VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the object GRANTOR VARCHAR2(30) NOT NULL Name of the user who performed the grant PRIVILEGE VARCHAR2(40) NOT NULL Privilege on the object GRANTABLE VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the GRANT OPTION (YES) or not (NO) HIERARCHY VARCHAR2(3) Indicates whether the privilege was granted with the HIERARCHY OPTION (YES) or not (NO) sqlplus connect as sysdba; SQL> SELECT GRANTEE, TABLE_NAME, COLUMN_NAME, PRIVILEGE FROM DBA_COL_PRIVS where table_name = 'AUD$';
Fix: F-57005r1_fix
Add controls and modify permissions to protect database audit log data from unauthorized deletion, whether stored in the database itself or at the OS level. - - - - - Revoke access to the AUD$ table to anyone who you do not want to have access to the AUD$ table. In the check we looked for all users who had access to the AUD$ table. To fix this, use the REVOKE command to revoke access to users who should not have access to the audit data. REVOKE statement Use the REVOKE statement to remove permissions from a specific user or from all users to perform actions on database objects. The following types of permissions can be revoked: Delete data from a specific table. Insert data into a specific table. Create a foreign key reference to the named table or to a subset of columns from a table. Select data from a table, view, or a subset of columns in a table. Create a trigger on a table. Update data in a table or in a subset of columns in a table. Run a specified routine (function or procedure). If a user named FRED had access to the AUD$ table and you want to revoke that access use the following command. The syntax that you use for the REVOKE statement for tables is as follows: REVOKE privilege-type ON [ TABLE ] { table-Name | view-Name } FROM grantees SQL>REVOKE SELECT ON TABLE AUD$ FROM FRED; Revoking a privilege without specifying a column list revokes the privilege for all of the columns in the table. Syntax for routines table-privileges include DELETE | INSERT | REFERENCES [column list] | SELECT [column list] | TRIGGER | UPDATE [column list] column list ( column-identifier {, column-identifier}* ) Use the ALL PRIVILEGES privilege type to revoke all of the permissions from the user for the specified table. You can also revoke one or more table privileges by specifying a privilege-list. Use the DELETE privilege type to revoke permission to delete rows from the specified table. Use the INSERT privilege type to revoke permission to insert rows into the specified table. Use the REFERENCES privilege type to revoke permission to create a foreign key reference to the specified table. If a column list is specified with the REFERENCES privilege, the permission is revoked on only the foreign key reference to the specified columns. Use the SELECT privilege type to revoke permission to perform SELECT statements on a table or view. If a column list is specified with the SELECT privilege, the permission is revoked on only those columns. If no column list is specified, then the privilege is valid on all of the columns in the table. Use the TRIGGER privilege type to revoke permission to create a trigger on the specified table. Use the UPDATE privilege type to revoke permission to use the UPDATE statement on the specified table. If a column list is specified, the permission is revoked only on the specified columns. grantees { authorization ID | PUBLIC } [,{ authorization ID | PUBLIC } ] * You can revoke the privileges from specific users or from all users. Use the keyword PUBLIC to specify all users. The privileges revoked from PUBLIC and from individual users are independent privileges. For example, a SELECT privilege on table t is granted to both PUBLIC and to the authorization ID harry. The SELECT privilege is later revoked from the authorization ID 'Harry', but the authorization ID 'Harry' can access the table through the PUBLIC privilege. Restriction: You cannot revoke the privileges of the owner of an object. routine-designator { qualified-name [ signature ] } Cascading object dependencies For views, triggers, and constraints, if the privilege on which the object depends on is revoked, the object is automatically dropped. Derby does not try to determine if you have other privileges that can replace the privileges that are being revoked. For more information, see "SQL standard authorization" in the Java DB Developer's Guide. Limitations The following limitations apply to the REVOKE statement: Table-level privileges All of the table-level privilege types for a specified grantee and table ID are stored in one row in the SYSTABLEPERMS system table. For example, when user2 is granted the SELECT and DELETE privileges on table user1.t1, a row is added to the SYSTABLEPERMS table. The GRANTEE field contains user2 and the TABLEID contains user1.t1. The SELECTPRIV and DELETEPRIV fields are set to Y. The remaining privilege type fields are set to N. When a grantee creates an object that relies on one of the privilege types, the Derby engine tracks the dependency of the object on the specific row in the SYSTABLEPERMS table. For example, user2 creates the view v1 by using the statement SELECT * FROM user1.t1; the dependency manager tracks the dependency of view v1 on the row in SYSTABLEPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1). The dependency manager knows only that the view is dependent on a privilege type in that specific row but does not track exactly which privilege type the view is dependent on. When a REVOKE statement for a table-level privilege is issued for a grantee and table ID, all of the objects that are dependent on the grantee and table ID are dropped. For example, if user1 revokes the DELETE privilege on table t1 from user2, the row in SYSTABLEPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1) is modified by the REVOKE statement. The dependency manager sends a revoke invalidation message to the view user2.v1, and the view is dropped, even though the view is not dependent on the DELETE privilege for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1). Column-level privileges Only one type of privilege for a specified grantee and table ID are stored in one row in the SYSCOLPERMS system table. For example, when user2 is granted the SELECT privilege on table user1.t1 for columns c12 and c13, a row is added to the SYSCOLPERMS. The GRANTEE field contains user2, the TABLEID contains user1.t1, the TYPE field contains S, and the COLUMNS field contains c12, c13. When a grantee creates an object that relies on the privilege type and the subset of columns in a table ID, the Derby engine tracks the dependency of the object on the specific row in the SYSCOLPERMS table. For example, user2 creates the view v1 by using the statement SELECT c11 FROM user1.t; the dependency manager tracks the dependency of view v1 on the row in SYSCOLPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1), TYPE(S). The dependency manager knows that the view is dependent on the SELECT privilege type but does not track exactly which columns the view is dependent on. When a REVOKE statement for a column-level privilege is issued for a grantee, table ID, and type, all of the objects that are dependent on the grantee, table ID, and type are dropped. For example, if user1 revokes the SELECT privilege on column c12 on table user1.t1 from user2, the row in SYSCOLPERMS for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1), TYPE(S) is modified by the REVOKE statement. The dependency manager sends a revoke invalidation message to the view user2.v1, and the view is dropped, even though the view is not dependent on the column c12 for GRANTEE(user2), TABLEID(user1.t1), TYPE(S). Revoke examples To revoke the SELECT privilege on table t from the authorization IDs 'Maria' and 'Harry', use the following syntax: SQL>REVOKE SELECT ON TABLE t FROM maria,harry To revoke the UPDATE and TRIGGER privileges on table t from the authorization IDs 'Anita' and 'Zhi', use the following syntax: SQL>REVOKE UPDATE, TRIGGER ON TABLE t FROM anita,zhi To revoke the SELECT privilege on table s.v from all users, use the following syntax: SQL>REVOKE SELECT ON TABLE s.v FROM PUBLIC To revoke the UPDATE privilege on columns c1 and c2 of table s.v from all users, use the following syntax: SQL>REVOKE UPDATE (c1,c2) ON TABLE s.v FROM PUBLIC To revoke the EXECUTE privilege on procedure p from the authorization ID 'George', use the following syntax: SQL>REVOKE EXECUTE ON PROCEDURE p FROM george RESTRICT
- RMF Control
- AC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001684
- Version
- O112-C2-020500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52191
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66407r2_rule
Checks: C-54249r1_chk
Check DBMS settings to determine whether it will notify appropriate individuals when accounts are modified. If the DBMS does not notify appropriate individuals when accounts are modified, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57009r2_fix
Working with the DBA and site management, determine the appropriate individuals (by job role) to be notified. If Oracle Audit Vault is available, configure it to notify the appropriate individuals when accounts are modified. If Oracle Audit Vault is not available, configure the Oracle DBMS's auditing feature to record account-modification activity. Create and deploy a mechanism, such as a frequently-run job, to monitor the audit table or file for these records and notify the appropriate individuals.
- RMF Control
- AU-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001493
- Version
- O112-C2-009600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52193
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66409r1_rule
Checks: C-54247r1_chk
Review access permissions to tools used to view or modify audit log data. These tools may include the DBMS itself or tools external to the database. If appropriate permissions and access controls to prevent unauthorized access are not applied to these tools, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57007r1_fix
Add or modify access controls and permissions to tools used to view or modify audit log data. Tools must be accessible by authorized personnel only.
- RMF Control
- AC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001685
- Version
- O112-C2-020600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52195
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66411r3_rule
Checks: C-54253r1_chk
Check DBMS settings to determine whether it will notify appropriate individuals when account disabling actions are taken. If the DBMS does not notify appropriate individuals when account disabling actions are taken, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57013r3_fix
Working with the DBA and site management, determine the appropriate individuals (by job role) to be notified. If Oracle Audit Vault is available, configure it to notify the appropriate individuals when accounts are disabled. If Oracle Audit Vault is not available, configure the Oracle DBMS's auditing feature to record account-disabling activity. Create and deploy a mechanism, such as a frequently-run job, to monitor the audit table or file for these records and notify the appropriate individuals.
- RMF Control
- AU-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001494
- Version
- O112-C2-009700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52197
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66413r1_rule
Checks: C-54251r1_chk
Review access permissions to tools used to view or modify audit log data. These tools may include the DBMS itself or tools external to the database. If appropriate permissions and access controls are not applied to prevent unauthorized modification of these tools, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57011r1_fix
Add or modify access controls and permissions to tools used to view or modify audit log data. Tools must be modifiable by authorized personnel only.
- RMF Control
- AC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001686
- Version
- O112-C2-020700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52199
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66415r3_rule
Checks: C-54257r1_chk
Check DBMS settings to determine whether it will notify appropriate individuals when accounts are terminated. If the DBMS does not notify appropriate individuals when accounts are terminated, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57017r3_fix
Working with the DBA and site management, determine the appropriate individuals (by job role) to be notified. If Oracle Audit Vault is available, configure it to notify the appropriate individuals when accounts are terminated. If Oracle Audit Vault is not available, configure the Oracle DBMS's auditing feature to record account-termination activity. Create and deploy a mechanism, such as a frequently-run job, to monitor the audit table or file for these records and notify the appropriate individuals.
- RMF Control
- AU-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001495
- Version
- O112-C2-009800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52201
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66417r1_rule
Checks: C-54255r1_chk
Review access permissions to tools used to view or modify audit log data. These tools may include the DBMS itself or tools external to the database. If appropriate permissions and access controls are not applied to prevent unauthorized deletion of these tools, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57015r1_fix
Add or modify access controls and permissions to tools used to view or modify audit log data. Only authorized personnel must be able to delete these tools.
- RMF Control
- AC-5
- Severity
- L
- CCI
- CCI-000037
- Version
- O112-C3-003300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52203
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66419r3_rule
Checks: C-54261r4_chk
Obtain a list of privileges assigned to the DBMS user accounts. If any direct privilege assignments exist that can be assigned to a role, this is a finding. SELECT 'User ' || grantee || ' is directly granted ' || privilege || ' privilege on ' || table_name value FROM dba_tab_privs WHERE grantee NOT IN (SELECT role FROM dba_roles) AND grantee NOT IN ( 'XDB', 'SYSTEM', 'SYS', 'LBACSYS', 'DVSYS', 'DVF', 'SYSMAN_RO', 'SYSMAN_BIPLATFORM', 'SYSMAN_MDS', 'SYSMAN_OPSS', 'SYSMAN_STB', 'PUBLIC', 'DBSNMP', 'SYSMAN', 'APEX_040200', 'WMSYS', 'SYSDG', 'SYSBACKUP', 'SPATIAL_WFS_ADMIN_USR', 'SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_US', 'SI_INFORMTN_SCHEMA', 'OUTLN', 'ORDSYS', 'ORDDATA', 'OJVMSYS', 'ORACLE_OCM', 'MDSYS', 'ORDPLUGINS', 'GSMADMIN_INTERNAL', 'FLOWS_FILES', 'DIP', 'CTXSYS', 'AUDSYS', 'APPQOSSYS', 'APEX_PUBLIC_USER', 'ANONYMOUS', 'SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_USR', 'SYSKM', 'SYSMAN_TYPES', 'MGMT_VIEW', 'EUS_ENGINE_USER', 'GSMCATUSER', 'OLAPSYS', 'CLOUD_SWLIB_USER', 'GSMUSER', 'MDDATA', 'XS$NULL', 'CLOUD_ENGINE_USER' ) UNION SELECT 'User ' || grantee || ' is directly granted ' || privilege || ' privilege ' value FROM dba_sys_privs WHERE grantee NOT IN (SELECT role FROM dba_roles) AND privilege NOT IN ( 'CREATE SEQUENCE', 'CREATE TRIGGER', 'CREATE CLUSTER', 'CREATE INDEXTYPE', 'CREATE PROCEDURE', 'CREATE TYPE', 'CREATE SESSION', 'CREATE OPERATOR', 'CREATE TABLE', 'UNLIMITED TABLESPACE' ) AND grantee NOT IN ( 'XDB', 'SYSTEM', 'SYS', 'LBACSYS', 'DVSYS', 'DVF', 'SYSMAN_RO', 'SYSMAN_BIPLATFORM', 'SYSMAN_MDS', 'SYSMAN_OPSS', 'SYSMAN_STB', 'PUBLIC', 'DBSNMP', 'SYSMAN', 'APEX_040200', 'WMSYS', 'SYSDG', 'SYSBACKUP', 'SPATIAL_WFS_ADMIN_USR', 'SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_US', 'SI_INFORMTN_SCHEMA', 'OUTLN', 'ORDSYS', 'ORDDATA', 'OJVMSYS', 'ORACLE_OCM', 'MDSYS', 'ORDPLUGINS', 'GSMADMIN_INTERNAL', 'FLOWS_FILES', 'DIP', 'CTXSYS', 'AUDSYS', 'APPQOSSYS', 'APEX_PUBLIC_USER', 'ANONYMOUS', 'SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_USR', 'SYSKM', 'SYSMAN_TYPES', 'MGMT_VIEW', 'EUS_ENGINE_USER', 'GSMCATUSER', 'OLAPSYS', 'CLOUD_SWLIB_USER', 'GSMUSER', 'MDDATA', 'XS$NULL', 'CLOUD_ENGINE_USER' ) UNION SELECT 'User ' || username || ' is granted ' || privilege || ' privilege via role ' || rp.granted_role value FROM dba_users u, dba_role_privs rp, dba_sys_privs sp WHERE username = rp.grantee AND rp.granted_role = sp.grantee AND privilege NOT IN ( 'CREATE SEQUENCE', 'CREATE TRIGGER', 'SET CONTAINER', 'CREATE CLUSTER', 'CREATE PROCEDURE', 'CREATE TYPE', 'CREATE SESSION', 'CREATE OPERATOR', 'CREATE TABLE', 'CREATE INDEXTYPE' ) AND username NOT IN ( 'XDB', 'SYSTEM', 'SYS', 'LBACSYS', 'DVSYS', 'DVF', 'SYSMAN_RO', 'SYSMAN_BIPLATFORM', 'SYSMAN_MDS', 'SYSMAN_OPSS', 'SYSMAN_STB', 'DBSNMP', 'SYSMAN', 'APEX_040200', 'WMSYS', 'SYSDG', 'SYSBACKUP', 'SPATIAL_WFS_ADMIN_USR', 'SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_US','GSMCATUSER', 'OLAPSYS', 'SI_INFORMTN_SCHEMA', 'OUTLN', 'ORDSYS', 'ORDDATA', 'OJVMSYS', 'ORACLE_OCM', 'MDSYS', 'ORDPLUGINS', 'GSMADMIN_INTERNAL', 'MDDATA', 'FLOWS_FILES', 'DIP', 'CTXSYS', 'AUDSYS', 'APPQOSSYS', 'APEX_PUBLIC_USER', 'ANONYMOUS', 'SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_USR','SYSKM', 'SYSMAN_TYPES', 'MGMT_VIEW', 'EUS_ENGINE_USER', 'EXFSYS','SYSMAN_APM' ) AND rp.granted_role NOT IN ( 'EXP_FULL_DATABASE','AQ_ADMINISTRATOR_ROLE','DV_REALM_RESOURCE', 'DBA','CDB_DBA','OEM_ADVISOR','RECOVERY_CATALOG_OWNER', 'EM_EXPRESS_ALL','SCHEDULER_ADMIN','OLAP_USER', 'RESOURCE','EM_EXPRESS_BASIC','IMP_FULL_DATABASE','CONNECT', 'AUDIT_ADMIN','DATAPUMP_EXP_FULL_DATABASE','GSMADMIN_ROLE', 'DV_REALM_OWNER','OLAP_DBA','JAVADEBUGPRIV', 'DATAPUMP_IMP_FULL_DATABASE','OEM_MONITOR', 'APEX_GRANTS_FOR_NEW_USERS_ROLE' ) UNION SELECT 'User ' ||grantee ||' is granted ' ||privilege ||' on ' ||owner ||'.' ||table_name ||'.' ||column_name ||' by ' ||grantor FROM dba_col_privs WHERE grantee NOT IN ( 'XDB', 'SYSTEM', 'SYS', 'LBACSYS', 'DVSYS', 'DVF', 'SYSMAN_RO', 'SYSMAN_BIPLATFORM', 'SYSMAN_MDS', 'SYSMAN_OPSS', 'SYSMAN_STB', 'DBSNMP', 'SYSMAN', 'APEX_040200', 'WMSYS', 'SYSDG', 'SYSBACKUP', 'SPATIAL_WFS_ADMIN_USR', 'SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_US','GSMCATUSER', 'OLAPSYS', 'SI_INFORMTN_SCHEMA', 'OUTLN', 'ORDSYS', 'ORDDATA', 'OJVMSYS', 'ORACLE_OCM', 'MDSYS', 'ORDPLUGINS', 'GSMADMIN_INTERNAL', 'MDDATA', 'FLOWS_FILES', 'IMP_FULL_DATABASE', 'DIP', 'CTXSYS', 'AUDSYS', 'APPQOSSYS', 'APEX_PUBLIC_USER', 'ANONYMOUS', 'SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_USR','SYSKM', 'SYSMAN_TYPES', 'MGMT_VIEW', 'EUS_ENGINE_USER', 'EXFSYS','SYSMAN_APM' ) ; (The lists of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement may not be complete. It is expected that the DBA will edit the lists to suit local circumstances, adding other special accounts as necessary, and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review. Similarly, the lists of privileges and roles excluded from the subqueries may be modified according to circumstances.)
Fix: F-57019r1_fix
Define DBMS user roles based on privilege and job function requirements. Assign the required privileges to the role and assign the role to authorized DBMS user accounts. Revoke any privileges directly assigned to DBMS user accounts and assign them to a role the DBMS user already has assigned.
- RMF Control
- AU-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001348
- Version
- O112-C2-010000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52205
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66421r1_rule
Checks: C-54259r1_chk
Check with the database administrator, storage administrator or system administrator, as applicable at the site, to verify that Oracle is configured EITHER to perform backups of the audit data specifically, OR, with appropriate permissions granted, to permit a third-party tool to do so. Test the backup process. Test the restore process (using a non-production system as the target). If Oracle is not so configured, this is a finding. If the test run of the backup and restore fails, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57021r1_fix
Utilize DBMS features or other software that supports the ability to back up audit data and records onto a system or media different from the system being audited on an organization-defined frequency. EITHER use Oracle features (such as Backup or Data Pump) to perform backups of the audit data specifically, OR grant appropriate permissions to permit a third-party tool to do so.
- RMF Control
- AU-7
- Severity
- L
- CCI
- CCI-000156
- Version
- O112-C3-008700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52209
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66425r1_rule
Checks: C-54267r1_chk
Verify that audit reduction capabilities are in place for the Oracle audit tables. Since Oracle has no reduction capability per se, a third-party tool or in-house-developed software must be in place to provide this functionality. If this capability has not been implemented, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57027r1_fix
Deploy software capable of performing audit table reduction.
- RMF Control
- AU-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001350
- Version
- O112-C2-010100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52211
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66427r3_rule
Checks: C-54265r3_chk
Review DBMS settings to determine whether the DBMS is using cryptographic mechanisms to protect audit data records and integrity. If cryptographic mechanisms are not used, this is a finding. - - - - - Check to see if auditing is turned on. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQLPlus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding. - - - - - For file-based auditing (OS, XML or XML,EXTENDED), review operating system/file system settings to verify that encryption is in effect for the audit file. - - - - - For table-based auditing (DB or DB,EXTENDED), proceed as follows. SQL> SELECT table_name, tablespace_name FROM dba_tables WHERE table_name ='AUD$'; TABLE_NAME TABLESPACE_NAME -------------- ------------------------------ AUD$ SYSTEM Now we know what auditing is set to and the tablespace auditing is deployed in. Now we can check to see if the tablespace the AUD$ table is located in is encrypted by querying DBA_TABLESPACES. When prompted, use the tablespace name listed above. SQL> set linesize 121 SQL> col tablespace_name format a20 SQL> col encrypted format a3 SQL> select tablespace_name, encrypted from dba_tablespaces where tablespace_name = '&tablespace_name'; The following data dictionary views maintain information about the encryption status of a tablespace. You can query these views to verify that a tablespace has been encrypted. If the tablespace containing the AUD$ table is not encrypted, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57025r8_fix
Configure Oracle to use cryptographic mechanisms to protect audit data records and integrity. - - - - - Use this query to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it is necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. - - - - - For file-based auditing (OS, XML or XML,EXTENDED), implement operating system/file system encryption for the audit file. - - - - - Caution: Do not attempt to encrypt Oracle internal objects such as SYSTEM, SYSAUX, UNDO, or TEMP tablespaces. Oracle does not support this with TDE. When moving AUD$ to a new tablespace, be aware that associated LOB objects will also need to be moved. Finally, when upgrading, the AUD$ table and LOBs will need to be moved back to the SYSTEM tablespace or the upgrade will fail. For table-based auditing (DB or DB,EXTENDED), proceed as follows. - - - - - Next we create an encrypted tablespace. Before you can encrypt or decrypt tablespaces, you must generate or set a master encryption key. The tablespace master encryption key is stored in an external security module and is used to encrypt the TDE tablespace encryption keys. Check to ensure that the ENCRYPTION_WALLET_LOCATION (or WALLET_LOCATION) parameter in the sqlnet.ora file points to the correct software wallet location. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) For example: ENCRYPTION_WALLET_LOCATION= (SOURCE=(METHOD=FILE)(METHOD_DATA= (DIRECTORY=/app/wallet))) Oracle Database 11g Release 2 (11.2) uses the same master encryption key for both TDE column encryption and TDE tablespace encryption. When you issue the ALTER SYSTEM SET ENCRYPTION KEY command, a unified master encryption key is created for both TDE column encryption and TDE tablespace encryption. Resetting the Tablespace Master Encryption Key Oracle Database 11g Release 2 (11.2) uses a unified master encryption key for both TDE column encryption and TDE tablespace encryption. When you reset (rekey) the master encryption key for TDE column encryption, the master encryption key for TDE tablespace encryption also gets reset. The ALTER SYSTEM SET ENCRYPTION KEY command resets the tablespace master encryption key. Before you can create an encrypted tablespace, the Oracle wallet containing the tablespace master encryption key must be open. The wallet must also be open before you can access data in an encrypted tablespace. The security administrator needs to open the Oracle wallet after starting the Oracle instance. A restart of the Oracle instance requires the security administrator to open the wallet again. The security administrator also needs to open the wallet before performing database recovery operations. This is because background processes may require access to encrypted redo and undo logs. When performing database recovery, the wallet must be opened before opening the database. This is illustrated in the following statements: SQL> STARTUP MOUNT; SQL> ALTER SYSTEM SET ENCRYPTION WALLET OPEN IDENTIFIED BY "password"; SQL> ALTER DATABASE OPEN; You can also choose to use auto login wallets, if your environment does not require the extra security provided by a wallet that needs to be explicitly opened. However, this is not the recommended practice. Creating an Encrypted Tablespace The CREATE TABLESPACE command enables you to create an encrypted tablespace. The permanent_tablespace_clause enables you to choose the encryption algorithm and the key length for encryption. The ENCRYPT keyword in the storage_clause encrypts the tablespace. The following syntax illustrates this: CREATE [ BIGFILE | SMALLFILE ] { permanent_tablespace_clause | temporary_tablespace_clause | undo_tablespace_clause } ; Where, permanent_tablespace_clause=TABLESPACE , ENCRYPTION [USING algorithm] storage_clause Where, storage_clause=[ENCRYPT] where: The encryption algorithm can have one of the following values: 3DES168 AES128 AES192 AES256 The key lengths are included in the names of the algorithms themselves. If no encryption algorithm is specified, the default encryption algorithm is used. The default encryption algorithm is AES128. Note: The ENCRYPTION keyword in the permanent_tablespace_clause is used to specify the encryption algorithm. The ENCRYPT keyword in the storage_clause actually encrypts the tablespace. For security reasons, a tablespace cannot be encrypted with the NO SALT option. Commands to create Encrypted Tablespace CREATE TABLESPACE securespace DATAFILE '/home/user/oradata/secure01.dbf' SIZE 150M ENCRYPTION USING '3DES168' DEFAULT STORAGE(ENCRYPT); This creates a tablespace called securespace2 using an algorithm of 3DES168. You cannot encrypt an existing tablespace. However, you can import data into an encrypted tablespace using the Oracle Data Pump utility. You can also use SQL commands like CREATE TABLE...AS SELECT...or ALTER TABLE...MOVE... to move data into an encrypted tablespace. The CREATE TABLE...AS SELECT... command enables you to create a table from an existing table. The ALTER TABLE...MOVE... command enables you to move a table into the encrypted tablespace. Then we move the sys.aud$ from system tablespace to securespace tablespace. SQL> exec DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT.SET_AUDIT_TRAIL_LOCATION(audit_trail_type => DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT.AUDIT_TRAIL_AUD_STD, audit_trail_location_value => 'securespace'); PL/SQL procedure successfully completed. Then check the tablespace the table is stored in. SQL> SELECT table_name, tablespace_name FROM dba_tables WHERE table_name ='AUD$'; TABLE_NAME TABLESPACE_NAME ------------------------------ ------------------------------ AUD$ SECURESPACE
- RMF Control
- AU-7
- Severity
- L
- CCI
- CCI-000157
- Version
- O112-C3-008800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52213
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66429r1_rule
Checks: C-54269r1_chk
Verify that audit reduction capabilities are in place for the Oracle audit tables. Since Oracle has no reduction capability per se, a third-party tool or in-house-developed software must be in place to provide this functionality. This must include the ability to report on the excluded audit data. If this capability has not been implemented, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57029r1_fix
Deploy software capable of performing audit table reduction and of reporting on the excluded audit data.
- RMF Control
- AU-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001352
- Version
- O112-C2-010200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52215
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66431r2_rule
Checks: C-54271r2_chk
For table-based auditing (DB or DB,EXTENDED), review the DBMS permissions on the views and base tables holding the audit data. For file-based auditing (OS, XML or XML,EXTENDED), review the operating system/file system permissions on the audit file(s). If permissions exist that enable unauthorized users to view audit data, this is a finding. If permissions exist that enable any user (other than an account created specifically to manage log space and offload audit records to a log management system) to modify or delete audit records, or create spurious audit records, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57031r3_fix
Add controls and modify permissions to protect database audit log records from modification, deletion, spurious creation, or unauthorized viewing.
- RMF Control
- SC-5
- Severity
- L
- CCI
- CCI-001094
- Version
- O112-C3-019200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52217
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66433r6_rule
Checks: C-54273r4_chk
Review DBMS settings and custom database code to determine whether the DBMS or database application code could be used to launch DoS attacks. If the DBMS or custom database code would facilitate DoS-style attacks against other information systems, this is a finding. The Listener is the key for a denial of service attack. The threat is that the database is flooded with connection requests, preventing additional valid connections which will ultimately result in the failure of the listener. Check to insure the appropriate steps to secure the Oracle Listener are in place at your site. (Please refer to the Fix for more detail on implementing these protections.)
Fix: F-57033r13_fix
Configure DBMS settings to restrict functionality that could be used to initiate DoS attacks. Securing the Network Connection: Protecting the network and its traffic from inappropriate access or modification is the essence of network security. You should consider all paths the data travels, and assess the threats on each path and node. Then, take steps to lessen or eliminate those threats and the consequences of a security breach. In addition, monitor and audit to detect either increased threat levels or penetration attempts. The following practices improve network security: 1. Disable the Default Listener. All listeners have a unique name instead of the name LISTENER and have startup protection. LISTENER=(DESCRIPTION =(ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = TCP)(HOST=)(PORT = 0))) This configuration prevents the default listener from starting. 2. Prevent online administration by requiring the administrator to have the write privilege on the listener.ora file on the server. a. Add or alter this line in the listener.ora file: ADMIN_RESTRICTIONS_LISTENER=ON b. Use RELOAD to reload the configuration. 3. Set Protection against crafted network packets on database level. SEC_PROTOCOL_ERROR_TRACE_ACTION specifies the action that the database should take when bad packets are received from a possibly malicious client. SEC_PROTOCOL_ERROR_TRACE_ACTION = { NONE | TRACE | LOG | ALERT } (TRACE is the default) NONE: The database server ignores the bad packets and does not generate any trace files or log messages. (Not recommended) TRACE: A detailed trace file is generated when bad packets are received, which can be used to debug any problems in client/server communication. LOG: A minimal log message is printed in the alert logfile and in the server trace file. A minimal amount of disk space is used. ALERT: An alert message is sent to a DBA or monitoring console. SEC_PROTOCOL_ERROR_FURTHER_ACTION specifies the further execution of a server process when receiving bad packets from a possibly malicious client. SEC_PROTOCOL_ERROR_FURTHER_ACTION = { CONTINUE | (DELAY,integer) | (DROP,integer) } (DROP,3 is the default) CONTINUE: The server process continues execution. The database server may be subject to a Denial of Service (DoS) if bad packets continue to be sent by a malicious client. (Not recommended) (DELAY, integer) :The client experiences a delay of integer seconds before the server process accepts the next request from the same client connection. Malicious clients are prevented from excessive consumption of server resources while legitimate clients experience degradation in performance but can continue to function. (DROP, integer) : The server forcefully terminates the client connection after integer bad packets. The server protects itself at the expense of the client (for example, a client transaction may be lost). The client may reconnect and attempt the same operation. SEC_MAX_FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS specifies the number of authentication attempts that can be made by a client on a connection to the server process. After the specified number of failure attempts, the connection will be automatically dropped by the server process. SEC_MAX_FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS = n (3 is the default) Values range from 1 to unlimited. (A value of 1 to 3 is recommended) For more information about the parameters in listener.ora, see https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e10835/listener.htm#NETRF008 4. Do not set the listener password. Ensure that the password has not been set in the listener.ora file. The local operating system authentication will secure the listener administration. The remote listener administration is disabled when the password has not been set. This prevents brute force attacks of the listener password. The listener password has been deprecated in this release. It will not be supported in the next release of Oracle Database. 5. When a host computer has multiple IP addresses associated with multiple network interface controller (NIC) cards, configure the listener to the specific IP address. You can restrict the listener to listen on a specific IP address. Oracle recommends that you specify the specific IP addresses on these types of computers, rather than allowing the listener to listen on all IP addresses. Restricting the listener to specific IP addresses helps to prevent an intruder from stealing a TCP end point from under the listener process. 6. Restrict the privileges of the listener, so that it cannot read or write files in the database or the Oracle server address space. The default configuration for external procedures does not require a network listener to work with Oracle Database and the extproc agent. The extproc agent is spawned directly by Oracle Database and eliminates the risks that the extproc agent might be spawned by Oracle Listener unexpectedly. This default configuration is recommended for maximum security. For more information about securing external procedures see https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e41945/advcfg.htm#NETAG888 However, the extproc agent can be configured to be spawned by a listener. In that case (not recommended) the listener should have restricted privileges. 7. Use a firewall, IAW DoD network policy and guidance. Appropriately placed and configured firewalls can prevent outside access to your databases. 8. Prevent unauthorized administration of the Oracle listener. Local administration of the listener is secure by default through the local operating system. Therefore configuring a password is neither required nor recommended for secure local administration. However, a password can be configured for the listener to provide security for administrative operations, such as starting or stopping the listener, viewing a list of supported services, or saving changes to the Listener Control configuration. By default, Oracle Net Listener permits only local administration for security reasons. As a policy, the listener can be administered only by the user who started it. This is enforced through local operating system authentication. For example, if user1 starts the listener, then only user1 can administer it. Any other user trying to administer the listener gets an error. The super user is the only exception. Oracle recommends that you perform listener administration in the default mode (secure by means of local operating system authentication), and access the system remotely using a remote logon. Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control can also be used for remote administration. 9. Encrypt network traffic. (Mandatory for sensitive data and optional for non-sensitive, as covered in other STIG requirements.) Where applicable, use Oracle network data encryption to encrypt network traffic among clients, databases, and application servers. 10. Set Connect Rate to organization defined limit. (Also required by O112-C2-019100/SRG-APP-000245-DB-000132) The connection rate limiter feature in Oracle Net Listener enables a database administrator to limit the number of new connections handled by the listener. When this feature is enabled, Oracle Net Listener imposes a user-specified maximum limit on the number of new connections handled by the listener every second. CONNECTION_RATE_LISTENER=10 LISTENER= (ADDRESS_LIST= (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1521)(RATE_LIMIT=yes)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1522)(RATE_LIMIT=yes)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=)(PORT=1526)) ) 11. Setup Valid Node Checking. (See also O112-BP-025600.) Valid node checking is a security feature that protects DBMS instances from malevolent or errant Oracle Net connections over TCP/IP, without the need for a firewall or IP address filtering at the operating system-level. The feature is controlled by the three parameters; tcp.validnode_checking, tcp.invited_nodes, and tcp.excluded_nodes. Modify the sqlnet.ora file manually TCP.VALIDNODE_CHECKING=yes (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) If this parameter is set to yes, then incoming connections are allowed only if they originate from a node that conforms to the list specified by TCP.INVITED_NODES or TCP.EXCLUDED_NODES parameters. The TCP.INVITED_NODES and TCP.EXCLUDED_NODES parameters are valid only when the TCP.VALIDNODE_CHECKING parameter is set to yes (no is the default). The TCP.INVITED_NODES and TCP.EXCLUDED_NODES parameters are valid only when the TCP.VALIDNODE_CHECKING parameter is set to yes. Modify the listener.ora file manually TCP.EXCLUDED_NODES Syntax: TCP.EXCLUDED_NODES=(hostname | ip_address, hostname | ip_address, ...) Example: TCP.EXCLUDED_NODES=(finance.us.example.com, mktg.us.example.com, 192.0.2.25, 172.30.*, 2001:DB8:200C:417A/32) TCP.INVITED_NODES Syntax: TCP.INVITED_NODES=(hostname | ip_address, hostname | ip_address, ...) Example: TCP.INVITED_NODES=(sales.us.example.com, hr.us.example.com, 192.0.*, 2001:DB8:200C:433B/32) Usage Notes: Use TCP.INVITED_NODES to specify which clients are allowed access to the database. This list takes precedence over the TCP.EXCLUDED_NODES parameter if both lists are present. These parameters can use wildcards for IPv4 addresses and CIDR notation for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. 12. Apply Listener Security Patches. (See also O112-C1-011100/SRG-APP-000133-DB-000205.) Critical Patch Updates are cumulative. Therefore, the latest patch will contain all previous security patches for the Listener. 13. Ensure that listener logging is turned on. Listener logging is on by default. If logging is not on, configure logging for all listeners in order to capture Listener commands and brute force password attacks. 14. Monitor the listener logfile. The logfile may contain TNS-01169, TNS-01189, TNS-01190, or TNS-12508 errors, which may signify attacks or inappropriate activity. Monitor the logfile and generate an alert whenever these errors are encountered.
- RMF Control
- CM-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000345
- Version
- O112-C2-010300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52219
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66435r1_rule
Checks: C-54275r1_chk
Review DBMS settings and vendor documentation to ensure the database supports and does not interfere with enforcement of logical access restrictions associated with changes to the DBMS configuration and to the database itself. If the DBMS software in any way restricts the implementation of logical access controls implemented to protect its integrity or availability, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57035r1_fix
Configure the DBMS to allow implementation of logical access restrictions aimed at protecting the DBMS from unauthorized changes to its configuration and to the database itself. - - - - - When the Oracle Database is installed on a Unix-like operating system, the required umask is 022, and the file permissions are set so that any modifications to the startup files can only be performed by the owner of the software, a member of the group DBA or the root user. Changing the umask has caused problems when patching the environment. If changes are to be made, they should be reverted to the status they were in before the modification for patching and upgrades.
- RMF Control
- SC-5
- Severity
- L
- CCI
- CCI-001095
- Version
- O112-C3-019300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52221
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66437r2_rule
Checks: C-54277r2_chk
Review Oracle user profiles. Connect to Oracle as SYSDBA. Use the following query to determine the established profiles and the users and resource limits assigned to them. select a.username, a.profile, b.resource_name, b.resource_type, b.limit from dba_users a, dba_profiles b where a.profile = b.profile and resource_type='KERNEL' order by a.profile; If the configuration does not include profile limits on resource-intensive SQL queries, or if users are not assigned to profiles appropriate to their needs, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57037r2_fix
Configure Oracle profile(s) to set resource limits appropriate to each class of user. SESSIONS_PER_USER Specify the number of concurrent sessions to which you want to limit the user. CPU_PER_SESSION Specify the CPU time limit for a session, expressed in hundredth of seconds. CPU_PER_CALL Specify the CPU time limit for a call (a parse, execute, or fetch), expressed in hundredths of seconds. CONNECT_TIME Specify the total elapsed time limit for a session, expressed in minutes. IDLE_TIME Specify the permitted periods of continuous inactive time during a session, expressed in minutes. Long-running queries and other operations are not subject to this limit. LOGICAL_READS_PER_SESSION Specify the permitted number of data blocks read in a session, including blocks read from memory and disk. LOGICAL_READS_PER_CALL Specify the permitted number of data blocks read for a call to process a SQL statement (a parse, execute, or fetch). PRIVATE_SGA Specify the amount of private space a session can allocate in the shared pool of the system global area (SGA). Refer to size_clause for information on that clause. COMPOSITE_LIMIT (This limit applies only when using shared server architecture. The private space for a session in the SGA includes private SQL and PL/SQL areas, but not shared SQL and PL/SQL areas.) Specify the total resource cost for a session, expressed in service units. Oracle Database calculates the total service units as a weighted sum of CPU_PER_SESSION, CONNECT_TIME, LOGICAL_READS_PER_SESSION, and PRIVATE_SGA.
- RMF Control
- CM-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001499
- Version
- O112-C2-011000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52223
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66439r3_rule
Checks: C-54279r3_chk
Review system documentation to identify accounts authorized to own database objects. Review accounts in DBMS that own objects. If any database objects are found to be owned by users not authorized to own database objects, this is a finding. Query the object DBA_OBJECTS to show the users who own objects in the database. The query below will return all of the users who own objects. sqlplus connect as sysdba SQL>select owner, object_type, count(*) from dba_objects group by owner, object_type order by owner, object_type; If these owners are not authorized owners, select all of the objects these owners have generated and decide who they should belong to. To make a list of all of the objects, the unauthorized owner has to perform the following query. SQL>select * from dba_objects where owner =&unauthorized_owner;
Fix: F-57039r1_fix
Update system documentation to include list of accounts authorized for object ownership. Re-assign ownership of authorized objects to authorized object owner accounts.
- RMF Control
- SC-6
- Severity
- L
- CCI
- CCI-001096
- Version
- O112-C3-019400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52225
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66441r1_rule
Checks: C-54281r1_chk
Review DBMS settings and documentation to determine if the DBMS restricts resource usage by priority. If the DBMS does not restrict resource usage by priority, this is a finding. - - - - - This capability is available in Oracle at both the user and database level. At the user level, we create resource profiles for users of the database. Resource Parameters SESSIONS_PER_USER Specify the number of concurrent sessions to which you want to limit the user. CPU_PER_SESSION Specify the CPU time limit for a session, expressed in hundredths of seconds. CPU_PER_CALL Specify the CPU time limit for a call (a parse, execute, or fetch), expressed in hundredths of seconds. CONNECT_TIME Specify the total elapsed time limit for a session, expressed in minutes. IDLE_TIME Specify the permitted periods of continuous inactive time during a session, expressed in minutes. Long-running queries and other operations are not subject to this limit. LOGICAL_READS_PER_SESSION Specify the permitted number of data blocks read in a session, including blocks read from memory and disk. LOGICAL_READS_PER_CALL Specify the permitted number of data blocks read for a call to process a SQL statement (a parse, execute, or fetch). PRIVATE_SGA Specify the amount of private space a session can allocate in the shared pool of the system global area (SGA). COMPOSITE_LIMIT Specify the total resource cost for a session, expressed in service units. To check the resource controls assigned to a user query the DBA_PROFILES and DBA_USERS tables in the following manner. $ sqlplus connect as sysdba SQL> select a.username, a.profile, b.resource_name, b.limit from dba_users a, dba_profiles b where b.resource_type is not null and a.profile = b.profile; The output should look like the output below and display the users and the contents of their profiles. USERNAME PROFILE RESOURCE NAME LIMIT -------- ------- ------------- ----- SCOTT DEFAULT SESSIONS_PER_USER UNLIMITED SCOTT DEFAULT CPU_PER_SESSION UNLIMITED At the Oracle Database layer, the QoS Management helps manage the resources that are shared by applications in a cluster. Oracle Database QoS Management can help identify and resolve performance bottlenecks. Oracle Database QoS Management does not diagnose or tune application or database performance issues. When tuning the performance of your applications, the goal is to achieve optimal performance. Oracle Database QoS Management does not seek to make your applications run faster, but instead works to remove obstacles that prevent your applications from running at their optimal performance levels. Use the console to see if you can access the Oracle Database QoS Management Dashboard To access the Dashboard, perform the following steps: 1. Log in to Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control as the CRS Administrator user. Click the Cluster tab, if not selected. 2. Go to the Administration page, then click the Dashboard link under the heading Quality of Service Management to open the login screen for Oracle Database QoS Management. 3. A login screen appears, prompting you for the Oracle Database QoS Management administrator (QoSAdmin) credentials. After typing in the username and password, click Login. 4. The Quality of Service Management Dashboard page is displayed after the correct credentials are entered.
Fix: F-57041r1_fix
Implement measures to restrict the usage of resources by priority. - - - - - To implement security at the user level, assign users a profile that limits their resources: Example $ sqlplus connect as sysdba CREATE PROFILE app_user LIMIT SESSIONS_PER_USER 1 IDLE_TIME 30 CPU_PER_SESSION 100 CPU_PER_CALL 100 CONNECT_TIME 600 IDLE_TIME 100; CONNECT_TIME 600; QoS Management Support for Oracle RAC Enterprise Edition Oracle Database Quality of Service (QoS) Management allows system administrators to directly measure application service levels hosted on Oracle RAC Enterprise Edition databases. Using a policy-based architecture, QoS Management correlates accurate run-time performance and resource metrics based on user-defined workload classes. QoS Management then presents them in an integrated Enterprise Manager dashboard to review real-time performance of consolidated applications. In conjunction with Cluster Health Monitor (CHM), QoS Management's memory guard detects nodes that are at risk of failure due to the overcommitment of memory. QoS Management responds by automatically preventing new connections thus preserving existing workloads, and restores connectivity once sufficient memory is available again. Enable Oracle QoS Management at the Database Level 1. Log in to Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control as the database administrator. If not selected, click the Database tab. 2. Go to the Availability page. 3. Under the heading Services, select Enable/Disable Quality Of Service Management. Enter the Cluster and Database credentials, then click Login. The Enable/Disable QoS Management screen is displayed. 4. You are prompted to enter a password for the APPQOSSYS user. Choose a password and enter it in the Password and Confirm Password fields, click OK. When you provide a password, the following actions take place: The APPQOSSYS account, which enables the Oracle Database QoS Management server to connect to the database, is unlocked and the new password is set. The credentials are written to an Oracle Wallet stored in the Oracle Cluster Repository to enable Oracle Database QoS Management to log in to the database. APPQOS_PLAN is set as the active Oracle Database Resource Manager plan so that Oracle Database QoS Management can adjust CPU access for Performance Classes. By default, the APPQOS_PLAN is replaced during the Oracle Scheduler maintenance window. Oracle recommends that you use the APPQOS_PLAN as the plan during those daily windows because this plan incorporates the consumer groups from the DEFAULT_MAINTENANCE_PLAN plan.
- RMF Control
- SI-2
- Severity
- L
- CCI
- CCI-001237
- Version
- O112-C3-020200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52227
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66443r2_rule
Checks: C-54285r2_chk
Use the Oracle-provided OPATCH command to check current patch levels on the database. As the Oracle user, issue the following commands: Unix/Linux: $ cd $ORACLE_HOME $ opatch lsinventory -d Windows: > cd <ORACLE_HOME>\opatch > opatch lsinventory -detail This will generate the patch levels for the home and any specific patches that have been applied to it.
Fix: F-57045r2_fix
When the Quarterly CPU is released, check the CPU Notice and note the specific patch number for your system. Follow the process below to apply the security patch. Login to My Oracle Support. Select patches and download your specific patch number and corresponding MD5 checksum. Once the patch is downloaded to the server, check the MD5 checksum to make sure the patch is valid. To check the MD5 Checksum in Linux/Unix, the command is: $md5sum absolute_path_of_file_name - file_name is the complete location of the downloaded file. $md5sum /home/oracle/test.zip a34d8cd98f00cf24e9800998ecf823e4 /home/oracle/test.zip Once the checksum is validated, apply the patch.: $ cd $ORACLE_HOME $ opatch apply Check that the patch was applied and the inventory was updated with the following command (Unix/Linux): $ opatch lsinventory -d Windows: > opatch lsinventory -detail
- RMF Control
- AC-17
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000066
- Version
- O112-C2-011400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52229
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66445r2_rule
Checks: C-54283r2_chk
Review organization's access control policies and procedures addressing remote access to the information system. If remote connections are not allowed by the organization, this is NA. (Note that "remote" means "from outside the DoD Information Network (DoDIN)", and that connections via approved Virtual Private Networks (VPNs) are considered to be inside the DoDIN.) Review the DBMS, OS and/or enterprise account management settings to verify access controls and auditing settings exist and they enforce the requirements for remote access defined by the organization. If access controls and auditing do not exist or do not fully enforce the requirements defined in the organization's policies and procedures, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57043r2_fix
Configure DBMS settings to ensure access control and auditing requirements for remote connections are enforced by the DBMS.
- RMF Control
- CM-7
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000381
- Version
- O112-C2-011500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52231
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66447r3_rule
Checks: C-54287r5_chk
If Oracle is hosted on a server that does not support production systems, and is designated for the deployment of samples and demonstrations, this is not applicable (NA). Review documentation and websites from Oracle and any other relevant vendors for vendor-provided demonstration or sample databases, database applications, schemas, objects, and files. Review the Oracle DBMS to determine if any of the demonstration and sample databases, schemas, database applications, or files are installed in the database or are included with the DBMS application. If any are present in the database or are included with the DBMS application, this is a finding. The Oracle Default Sample Schema User Accounts are: BI Owns the Business Intelligence schema included in the Oracle Sample Schemas. HR Manages the Human Resources schema. Schema stores information about the employees and the facilities of the company. OE Manages the Order Entry schema. Schema stores product inventories and sales of the company's products through various channels. PM Manages the Product Media schema. Schema contains descriptions and detailed information about each product sold by the company. IX Manages the Information Exchange schema. Schema manages shipping through business-to-business (B2B) applications database. SH Manages the Sales schema. Schema stores statistics to facilitate business decisions. SCOTT A demonstration account with a simple schema.
Fix: F-57047r1_fix
Remove any demonstration and sample databases, database applications, objects, and files from the DBMS. To remove an account and all objects owned by that account (using BI as an example): DROP USER BI CASCADE; To remove objects without removing their owner, use the appropriate DROP statement (DROP TABLE, DROP VIEW, etc.).
- RMF Control
- CM-7
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000381
- Version
- O112-C2-011600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52233
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66449r3_rule
Checks: C-54289r5_chk
Run this query to produce a list of components and features installed with the database: SELECT comp_id, comp_name, version, status from dba_registry where comp_id not in ('CATALOG','CATPROC'); Review the list. If unused components are installed and are not documented and authorized, this is a finding. Starting with releases 11.1.0.7.x and above all products are installed by default and the option to customize the product/component selection is no longer possible with the exception of those listed here: Oracle JVM, Oracle Text, Oracle Multimedia, Oracle OLAP, Oracle Spatial, Oracle Label Security, Oracle Application Express, Oracle Database Vault
Fix: F-57049r3_fix
If any components are required for operation of applications that will be accessing the DBMS, include them in the system documentation. You cannot remove components, either via Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA) or manually once the database has been created. You can, however, use DBCA to create a database and remove components during the creation process, before you create the database. When using DBCA to create a custom database, select Database Template = Custom/Database Components. Components that can be selected or de-selected are: Oracle Text, Oracle OLAP, Oracle Spatial, Oracle Label Security, Sample Schemas, Enterprise Manager Repository, Oracle Warehouse Builder, Oracle Database Vault
- RMF Control
- CM-7
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000381
- Version
- O112-C2-011700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52235
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66451r3_rule
Checks: C-54291r5_chk
Run this query to check to see what integrated components are installed in the database: SELECT parameter, value from v$option where parameter in ( 'Data Mining', 'Oracle Database Vault', 'OLAP', 'Oracle Label Security', 'Oracle Database Extensions for .NET', 'Partitioning', 'Real Application Testing' ); This will return all of the relevant database options and their status. TRUE means that the option is installed. If the option is not installed, the option will be set to FALSE. Review the options and check the system documentation to see what is required. If all listed components are authorized to be in use, this is not a finding. If any unused components or features are listed by the query as TRUE, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57051r6_fix
In the system documentation list the integrated components required for operation of applications that will be accessing the DBMS. For Oracle Database 11g Release 2, only the following components can be enabled/disabled: Oracle Data Mining (dm) Oracle Database Vault (dv) Oracle OLAP (olap) Oracle Label Security (lbac) Oracle Database Extensions for .NET (ode_net_2) Oracle Partitioning (partitioning) Real Application Testing (rat) Use the chopt utility (an Oracle-supplied operating system command that resides in the <Oracle Home path>/bin directory) to disable each option that should not be available. The command format is chopt <enable|disable> <option> where <option> is any of the abbreviatons in parentheses in the list above. For example, to disable Real Application Testing, issue the following command at an OS prompt: chopt disable rat Restart the Oracle service. (See My Oracle Support Document 948061.1 for more on the chopt command.)
- RMF Control
- CM-7
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000381
- Version
- O112-C2-011800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52237
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66453r4_rule
Checks: C-54293r6_chk
Review the database for definitions of application executable objects stored external to the database. Determine if there are methods to disable use or access, or to remove definitions for external executable objects. Verify any application executable objects listed are authorized by the ISSO. If any are not, this is a finding. If the external executables or libraries are owned by ''SYS'' this is not a finding. To check for external procedures, execute the following query, which will provide the libraries containing external procedures, the owners of those libraries, users that have been granted access to those libraries, and the privileges they have been granted. If there are owners other than the owners that Oracle provides, there may be executable objects stored either in the database or external to the database that are called by objects in the database. Check to see that those owners are authorized to access those libraries. If there are users that have been granted access to libraries provided by Oracle, check to see that they are authorized to access those libraries. (connect as sysdba) set linesize 130 column library_name format a25 column name format a15 column owner format a15 column grantee format a15 column privilege format a15 select library_name,owner, '' grantee, '' privilege from dba_libraries where file_spec is not null minus ( select library_name,o.name owner, '' grantee, '' privilege from dba_libraries l, sys.user$ o, sys.user$ ge, sys.obj$ obj, sys.objauth$ oa where l.owner=o.name and obj.owner#=o.user# and obj.name=l.library_name and oa.obj#=obj.obj# and ge.user#=oa.grantee# and l.file_spec is not null ) union all select library_name,o.name owner, --obj.obj#,oa.privilege#, ge.name grantee, tpm.name privilege from dba_libraries l, sys.user$ o, sys.user$ ge, sys.obj$ obj, sys.objauth$ oa, sys.table_privilege_map tpm where l.owner=o.name and obj.owner#=o.user# and obj.name=l.library_name and oa.obj#=obj.obj# and ge.user#=oa.grantee# and tpm.privilege=oa.privilege# and l.file_spec is not null /
Fix: F-57053r2_fix
Disable use of or remove any external application executable object definitions that are not authorized. Disable access to operating system commands from within the DBMS, or document the need for this capability.
- RMF Control
- CM-7
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000382
- Version
- O112-C2-011900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52239
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66455r1_rule
Checks: C-54295r1_chk
Review the DBMS settings for functions, ports, protocols, and services that are not approved. If any are found, this is a finding. (For definitive information on Ports, Protocols and Services Management (PPSM), refer to http://iase.disa.mil/ppsm/index.html.) - - - - - In the Oracle database, the communications with the database and incoming requests are performed by the Oracle Listener. The Oracle Listener listens on a specific port or ports for connections to a specific database. The Oracle Listener has configuration files located in the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory. To check the ports and protocols in use, go to that directory and review the SQLNET.ora, LISTENER.ora, and the TNSNAMES.ora. If protocols or ports are in use that are not authorized, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57055r1_fix
Disable functions, ports, protocols, and services that are not approved. - - - - - Change the SQLNET.ora, LISTENER.ora, and TNSNAMES.ora files to reflect the proper use of ports, protocols and services that are approved at the site. If changes to the Listener are made, the files associated with the Listener must be reloaded. Do that by issuing the following commands at the Unix/Linux or Windows prompt. First - issue the command to see what the current status is $ lsnrctl stat Then load the new file that was corrected to reflect site-specific requirements. $ lsnrctl reload Then check the status again to see that the changes have taken place $ lsnrctl stat
- RMF Control
- CP-10
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000553
- Version
- O112-C2-012000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52241
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66457r1_rule
Checks: C-54297r1_chk
Review DBMS recovery procedures and technical system features to determine if mechanisms exist and are in place to specify use of trusted files during DBMS recovery. If recovery procedures do not exist or are not sufficient to ensure recovery is done in a secure and verifiable manner, this is a finding. If system features exist and are not employed or not employed sufficiently, this is a finding. If circumstances that can inhibit a trusted recovery are not documented and appropriate mitigating procedures have not been put in place, this is a finding. Review the database backup strategy with the system administrator. Consider using Oracle RMAN with an encrypted backup to insure you have files that can be trusted not to be compromised.
Fix: F-57057r1_fix
Implement DBMS recovery procedures and employ technical system features to specify trusted files during DBMS recovery. Test the solution and review the site-specific criteria to ensure that the backup and recovery process uses trusted files. Ensure circumstances that can inhibit a trusted recovery are documented and appropriate mitigating procedures have been put in place. Oracle recommends using RMAN Backup and encrypting backup files. With encrypted files stored on a mount point with limited access, the integrity of the files can be trusted. - - - - - Notes on Oracle Backup and Recovery Solutions When implementing a backup and recovery strategy, you have the following solutions available: -- Recovery Manager (RMAN) Recovery Manager is fully integrated with the Oracle database to perform a range of backup and recovery activities, including maintaining an RMAN repository of historical data about backups. You can access RMAN through the command line or through Oracle Enterprise Manager. -- User-managed backup and recovery In this solution, you perform backup and recovery with a mixture of host operating system commands and SQL*Plus recovery commands. You are responsible for determining all aspects of when and how backups and recovery are done. -- Media management If you do not want to use RMAN with an encrypted backup, consider configuring RMAN to make backups to a media manager. On most platforms, to back up to and restore from sequential media such as tape, you must integrate a media manager with your Oracle database. You can use Oracle Secure Backup, which supports both database and file system backups to tape, as your media manager. See Oracle Secure Backup Administrator's Guide to learn how to set up RMAN for use specifically with Oracle Secure Backup. These solutions are supported by Oracle and are fully documented, but RMAN is the preferred solution for database backup and recovery. RMAN provides a common interface for backup tasks across different host operating systems, and offers several backup techniques not available through user-managed methods. -- Incremental backups: An incremental backup stores only blocks changed since a previous backup. Thus, they provide more compact backups and faster recovery, thereby reducing the need to apply redo during data file media recovery. If you enable block change tracking, then you can improve performance by avoiding full scans of every input data file. You use the BACKUP INCREMENTAL command to perform incremental backups. -- Block media recovery You can repair a data file with only a small number of corrupt data blocks without taking it offline or restoring it from backup. You use the RECOVER BLOCK command to perform block media recovery. -- Binary compression A binary compression mechanism integrated into Oracle Database reduces the size of backups. -- Encrypted backups -- RMAN uses backup encryption capabilities integrated into Oracle Database to store backup sets in an encrypted format. To create encrypted backups on disk, the database must use the Advanced Security Option. To create encrypted backups directly on tape, RMAN must use the Oracle Secure Backup SBT interface but does not require the Advanced Security Option. -- Automated database duplication Easily creates a copy of your database, supporting various storage configurations, including direct duplication between ASM databases. -- Cross-platform data conversion Whether you use RMAN or user-managed methods, you can supplement physical backups with logical backups of schema objects made with Data Pump Export utility. You can later use Data Pump Import to re-create data after restore and recovery. Logical backups are mostly beyond the scope of the backup and recovery documentation.
- RMF Control
- CP-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000535
- Version
- O112-C2-012200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52245
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66461r2_rule
Checks: C-54301r2_chk
Review DBMS settings and site documentation to determine whether Oracle is configured to back up user-level data according to a defined frequency. If it is not, this is a finding. (The V$RMAN_STATUS view displays the finished and on-going RMAN jobs. For on-going jobs, this view displays progress and status.)
Fix: F-57061r1_fix
Configure the Oracle DBMS to back up user-level data on a defined frequency.
- RMF Control
- CP-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000535
- Version
- O112-C2-012300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52247
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66463r1_rule
Checks: C-54303r1_chk
Review the database backup procedures and implementation evidence. Evidence of implementation includes records of backup events and physical review of backup media. Evidence should match the backup plan as recorded in the system documentation. If backup procedures do not exist or are not implemented in accordance with the procedures, this is a finding. - - - - - The Oracle recommended process for backup and recovery is Oracle RMAN. If Oracle RMAN is deployed, execute the following commands to ensure that the evidence of the implementation of the backup policy includes validating that the files are restorable: Validating Database Files with BACKUP VALIDATE --You can use the BACKUP VALIDATE command to do the following: -- Check datafiles for physical and logical block corruption -- Confirm that all database files exist and are in the correct locations --When you run BACKUP VALIDATE, RMAN reads the files to be backed up in their entirety, as it would during a real backup. RMAN does not, however, actually produce any backup sets or image copies. --You cannot use the BACKUPSET, MAXCORRUPT, or PROXY parameters with BACKUP VALIDATE. --To validate files with the BACKUP VALIDATE command: 1. Start RMAN and connect to a target database and recovery catalog (if used). 2. Run the BACKUP VALIDATE command. For example, you can validate that all database files and archived logs can be backed up by running a command as shown in the following example. This command checks for physical corruptions only. BACKUP VALIDATE DATABASE ARCHIVELOG ALL; To check for logical corruptions in addition to physical corruptions, run the following variation of the preceding command: BACKUP VALIDATE CHECK LOGICAL DATABASE ARCHIVELOG ALL; In the preceding examples, the RMAN client displays the same output that it would if it were really backing up the files. If RMAN cannot back up one or more of the files, then it issues an error message. Validating Backups Before Restoring Them You can run RESTORE ... VALIDATE to test whether RMAN can restore a specific file or set of files from a backup. RMAN chooses which backups to use. The database must be mounted or open for this command. You do not have to take datafiles offline when validating the restore of datafiles, because validation of backups of the datafiles only reads the backups and does not affect the production datafiles. When validating files on disk or tape, RMAN reads all blocks in the backup piece or image copy. RMAN also validates offsite backups. The validation is identical to a real restore operation except that RMAN does not write output files. To validate backups with the RESTORE command: 1. Run the RESTORE command with the VALIDATE option. This following example illustrates validating the restore of the database and all archived redo logs: RESTORE DATABASE VALIDATE; RESTORE ARCHIVELOG ALL VALIDATE; If you do not see an RMAN error stack, then skip the subsequent steps. The lack of error messages means that RMAN had confirmed that it can use these backups successfully during a real restore and recovery. 2. If you see error messages in the output and the RMAN-06026 message, then investigate the cause of the problem. If possible, correct the problem that is preventing RMAN from validating the backups and retry the validation. The following error means that RMAN cannot restore one or more of the specified files from your available backups: RMAN-06026: some targets not found - aborting restore The following sample output shows that RMAN encountered a problem reading the specified backup: RMAN-03009: failure of restore command on c1 channel at 12-DEC-06 23:22:30 ORA-19505: failed to identify file "oracle/dbs/1fafv9gl_1_1" ORA-27037: unable to obtain file status SVR4 Error: 2: No such file or directory Additional information: 3
Fix: F-57063r1_fix
Develop, document, and implement database backup procedures.
- RMF Control
- CP-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000535
- Version
- O112-C2-012400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52249
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66465r1_rule
Checks: C-54305r1_chk
Review the testing and verification procedures documented in the system documentation. Review evidence of implementation of testing and verification procedures by reviewing logs from backup and recovery implementation. Logs may be in electronic form or hardcopy and may include email or other notification. If testing and verification of backup and recovery procedures is not documented in the system documentation, this is a finding. If evidence of testing and verification of backup and recovery procedures does not exist, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57065r1_fix
Develop, document, and implement testing and verification procedures for database backup and recovery. Include requirements for documenting database backup and recovery testing and verification activities in the procedures.
- RMF Control
- CP-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000535
- Version
- O112-C2-012500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52251
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66467r1_rule
Checks: C-54307r1_chk
Review file protections assigned to online backup and restoration files. Review access protections and procedures for offline backup and restoration files. If backup or restoration files are subject to unauthorized access, this is a finding. It may be necessary to review backup and restoration procedures to determine ownership and access during all phases of backup and recovery.
Fix: F-57067r1_fix
Implement protection for backup and restoration files. Document personnel and the level of access authorized for each to the backup and restoration files in the system documentation.
- RMF Control
- CP-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000537
- Version
- O112-C2-012600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52253
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66469r1_rule
Checks: C-54309r1_chk
Review DBMS and OS backup configuration to determine that system-level data is backed up in according with organization-defined frequency. If the system-level data of the DBMS is not backed up to the organization-defined frequency, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57069r1_fix
Utilize DBMS, OS or third-party product(s), to meet the requirement of backing up system data according to the organization-defined frequency.
- RMF Control
- IA-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000765
- Version
- O112-C2-012900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52255
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66471r4_rule
Checks: C-54311r12_chk
Review DBMS settings, OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism settings to determine whether users logging into privileged accounts via a network are required to use multifactor authentication. If users logging into privileged accounts via a network are not required to use multifactor authentication, this is a finding. Use authentication to prove the identities of users who are attempting to log into the database. Authenticating user identity is imperative in distributed environments, without which there can be little confidence in network security. Passwords are the most common means of authentication. Oracle Database enables strong authentication with Oracle authentication adapters that support various third-party authentication services, including TLS with digital certificates, as well as Smart Cards (CAC, PIV). If the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora contains entries similar to the following, TLS is enabled. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_SERVICES= (BEQ, TCPS) SSL_VERSION = 1.0 SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION = TRUE WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /u01/app/oracle/product/11.2.0/dbhome_1/owm/wallets) ) ) SSL_CIPHER_SUITES= (<cipher suite name>) ADR_BASE = /u01/app/oracle
Fix: F-57071r3_fix
Configure DBMS, OS and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism to require multifactor authentication for network users logging into privileged accounts. If appropriate, enable support for Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols and multifactor authentication through the use of Smart Cards (CAC/PIV).
- RMF Control
- IA-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000766
- Version
- O112-C2-013000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52257
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66473r4_rule
Checks: C-54313r12_chk
Review DBMS settings, OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism settings to determine whether users logging into non-privileged accounts via a network are required to use multifactor authentication. If users logging into non-privileged accounts via a network are not required to use multifactor authentication, this is a finding. You use authentication to prove the identities of users who are attempting to log into the database. Authenticating user identity is imperative in distributed environments, without which there can be little confidence in network security. Passwords are the most common means of authentication. Oracle Database enables strong authentication with Oracle authentication adapters that support various third-party authentication services, including TLS with digital certificates. If the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora contains entries similar to the following, TLS is enabled. (Note: this assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file, "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently-located sqlnet.ora files.) SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_SERVICES= (BEQ, TCPS) SSL_VERSION = 1.0 SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION = TRUE WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /u01/app/oracle/product/11.2.0/dbhome_1/owm/wallets) ) ) SSL_CIPHER_SUITES= (<cipher suite name>) ADR_BASE = /u01/app/oracle
Fix: F-57073r2_fix
Configure DBMS, OS and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism to require multifactor authentication for network users logging into non-privileged accounts. If appropriate, enable support for Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols and multifactor authentication through the use of Smart Cards (CAC/PIV).
- RMF Control
- IA-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000767
- Version
- O112-C2-013100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52259
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66475r4_rule
Checks: C-54315r7_chk
Review DBMS settings, OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism settings to determine whether users logging into privileged accounts locally are required to use multifactor authentication. If users logging into privileged accounts locally are not required to use multifactor authentication, this is a finding. You use authentication to prove the identities of users who are attempting to log into the database. Authenticating user identity is imperative in distributed environments, without which there can be little confidence in network security. Passwords are the most common means of authentication. Oracle Database enables strong authentication with Oracle authentication adapters that support various third-party authentication services, including TLS with digital certificates. If the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora contains entries similar to the following, TLS is enabled. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_SERVICES= (BEQ, TCPS) SSL_VERSION = 1.0 SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION = TRUE WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /u01/app/oracle/product/11.2.0/dbhome_1/owm/wallets) ) ) SSL_CIPHER_SUITES= (<cipher suite name>) ADR_BASE = /u01/app/oracle
Fix: F-57075r2_fix
Configure DBMS, OS and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism to require multifactor authentication for local users logging into privileged accounts. If appropriate, enable support for Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols and multifactor authentication through the use of Smart Cards (CAC/PIV).
- RMF Control
- IA-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000770
- Version
- O112-C2-013300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52263
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66479r1_rule
Checks: C-54319r1_chk
Review DBMS settings, OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism settings to determine whether group accounts exist. If group accounts do not exist, this is NA. Review DBMS settings to determine if individual authentication is required before group authentication. If group authentication does not require prior individual authentication, this is a finding. (Oracle Access Manager may be helpful in meeting this requirement. Notes on Oracle Access Manager follow.) Oracle Access Manager is used when there is a need for multifactor authentication of applications front-ending Oracle Datasets that may use group accounts. Oracle Access Manager supports using PKI-based smart cards (CAC, PIV) for multifactor authentication. When a user authenticates to a smart card application, the smart card engine produces a certificate-based authentication token. You can configure a certificate-based authentication scheme in Oracle Access Manager that uses information from the smart card certificate. Certificate-based authentication works with any smart card or similar device that presents an X.509 certificate. Check: First, check that the Authentication Module is set up properly: 1) Go to Oracle Access Manager Home Screen and click the Policy Configuration tab. Select the X509Scheme. 2) Make sure the Authentication Module option is set to X509Plugin. Second, check your Authentication policy is using the x509Scheme: 1) Go to Oracle Access Manager Home Screen and click the Policy Configuration tab. 2) Select Application Domains. Select Search. 3) Select the application domain protecting the Oracle Database. 4) Select the Authentication Polices tab and Click Protected Resource Policy. 5) Make sure the Authentication Scheme is set to x509Scheme.
Fix: F-57079r1_fix
Configure DBMS, OS and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism to require individual authentication prior to authentication for group account access. If appropriate, install Oracle Access Manager to provide multifactor authentication of applications front-ending Oracle Databases and using group accounts. After installation, use x509 Authentication modules provided out of the box.
- RMF Control
- IA-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000774
- Version
- O112-C2-013600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52265
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66481r5_rule
Checks: C-54321r8_chk
Review DBMS settings, OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism settings to determine whether organization-defined replay-resistant authentication mechanisms for network access to privileged accounts exist. If these mechanisms do not exist, this is a finding. To check that network encryption is enabled and using site-specified encryption procedures, look in SQLNET.ORA, located at $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) If encryption is set, entries like the following will be present: SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_SERVER= (SHA-1) SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_SERVER= (AES256) SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_SERVER = required SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_CLIENT= (SHA-1) SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_CLIENT= (AES256) SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_CLIENT = requested (The values assigned to the parameters may be different, the combination of parameters may be different, and not all of the example parameters will necessarily exist in the file.)
Fix: F-57081r2_fix
Configure DBMS, OS and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism to utilize replay-resistant authentication mechanisms such as nonces (e.g., numbers generated for a specific one-time use) or challenges (e.g., TLS, WS_Security), and time synchronous or challenge-response one-time authenticators. If appropriate, apply Oracle Data Network Encryption to protect against replay mechanisms.
- RMF Control
- IA-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000776
- Version
- O112-C2-013700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52267
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66483r5_rule
Checks: C-54323r9_chk
Review DBMS settings to determine whether organization-defined replay-resistant authentication mechanisms for network access to non-privileged accounts exist. If these mechanisms do not exist, this is a finding. To check that network encryption is enabled and using site-specified encryption procedures, look in SQLNET.ORA, located at $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) If encryption is set, entries like the following will be present: SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_SERVER= (SHA-1) SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_SERVER= (AES256) SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_SERVER = required SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_CLIENT= (SHA-1) SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_CLIENT= (AES256) SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_CLIENT = requested (The values assigned to the parameters may be different, the combination of parameters may be different, and not all of the example parameters will necessarily exist in the file.)
Fix: F-57083r2_fix
Configure DBMS, OS and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism to require organization-defined replay-resistant authentication mechanisms for network access to non-privileged accounts. If appropriate, apply Oracle Data Network Encryption to protect against replay mechanisms.
- RMF Control
- AC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000017
- Version
- O112-C2-013800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52269
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66485r2_rule
Checks: C-54325r5_chk
If all user accounts are managed and authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. For accounts managed by Oracle, check DBMS settings to determine if accounts can be automatically disabled by the system after 35 days of inactivity. Also, ask the DBA if an alternative method, such as a stored procedure run daily, to disable Oracle-managed accounts inactive for more than 35 days, has been deployed. If the ability to disable accounts after 35 days of inactivity, by either of these means, does not exist, this is a finding. - - - - - Use this query to check to see what profile each user is associated with, if any: select username, profile from dba_users order by 1,2; Then check the profile to see what the password_life_time is set to in the table dba_profiles; the password_life_time is a value stored in the LIMIT column, and identified by the value PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME in the RESOURCE_NAME column. SQL>select profile, resource_name, resource_type, limit from dba_profiles where upper(resource_name) = 'PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME';
Fix: F-57085r3_fix
For accounts managed by Oracle, determine if it is practical and acceptable to require a password change every 35 days or fewer, rather than the standard 60 days (as specified in SRG-APP-000174-DB-000080). If it is, issue the statement: ALTER PROFILE PPPPPP LIMIT PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME 35; (See the Oracle-provided $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin/secconf.sql script for examples.) If password changes every 35 days or fewer are unacceptable or impractical, implement an alternative method, such as a stored procedure run daily, to disable accounts inactive for more than 35 days.
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000205
- Version
- O112-C2-013900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52271
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66487r1_rule
Checks: C-54327r1_chk
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, stop here: this is not a finding against the DBMS. For each profile that can be applied to accounts where authentication is under Oracle's control, determine the password verification function, if any, that is in use: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME = 'PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION' [AND PROFILE NOT IN (<list of non-applicable profiles>)] ORDER BY PROFILE; Bearing in mind that a profile can inherit from another profile, and the root profile is called DEFAULT, determine the name of the password verification function effective for each profile. If, for any profile, the function name is null, this is a finding. For each password verification function, examine its source code. If it does not enforce the DoD-defined minimum length (15 unless otherwise specified), this is a finding.
Fix: F-57087r1_fix
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, no fix to the DBMS is required. If any user accounts are managed by Oracle: Develop, test and implement a password verification function that enforces DoD requirements. (Oracle supplies a sample function called verify_function_11G, in the script file <oracle_home>/RDBMS/ADMIN/utlpwdmg.sql. This can be used as the starting point for a customized function.)
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000200
- Version
- O112-C2-014000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52273
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66489r2_rule
Checks: C-54329r3_chk
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. For each profile that can be applied to accounts where authentication is under Oracle's control, determine the password reuse rule, if any, that is in effect: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME IN ('PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX', 'PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME') [AND PROFILE NOT IN (<list of non-applicable profiles>)] ORDER BY PROFILE, RESOURCE_NAME; Bearing in mind that a profile can inherit from another profile, and the root profile is called DEFAULT, determine the value of the PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX effective for each profile. If, for any profile, the PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX value does not enforce the DoD-defined minimum number of password changes before a password may be repeated (5 or greater), this is a finding. PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX is effective if and only if PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME is specified, so if both are UNLIMITED, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57089r1_fix
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, no fix to the DBMS is required. If any user accounts are managed by Oracle: For each profile, set the PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX to enforce the DoD-defined minimum number of password changes before a password may be repeated (5 or greater). PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX is effective if and only if PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME is specified, so ensure also that it has a meaningful value. Since the minimum password lifetime is 1 day, the smallest meaningful value is the same as the PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX value. Using PPPPPP as an example, the statement to do this is: ALTER PROFILE PPPPPP LIMIT PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX 5 PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME 5;
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000192
- Version
- O112-C2-014100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52275
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66491r1_rule
Checks: C-54331r1_chk
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, stop here: this is not a finding against the DBMS. For each profile that can be applied to accounts where authentication is under Oracle's control, determine the password verification function, if any, that is in use: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME = 'PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION' [AND PROFILE NOT IN (<list of non-applicable profiles>)] ORDER BY PROFILE; Bearing in mind that a profile can inherit from another profile, and the root profile is called DEFAULT, determine the name of the password verification function effective for each profile. If, for any profile, the function name is null, this is a finding. For each password verification function, examine its source code. If it does not enforce the organization-defined minimum number of upper-case characters (1 unless otherwise specified), this is a finding.
Fix: F-57091r1_fix
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, no fix to the DBMS is required. If any user accounts are managed by Oracle: Develop, test and implement a password verification function that enforces DoD requirements. (Oracle supplies a sample function called verify_function_11G, in the script file <oracle_home>/RDBMS/ADMIN/utlpwdmg.sql. This can be used as the starting point for a customized function.)
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000193
- Version
- O112-C2-014200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52277
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66493r1_rule
Checks: C-54333r1_chk
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, stop here: this is not a finding against the DBMS. For each profile that can be applied to accounts where authentication is under Oracle's control, determine the password verification function, if any, that is in use: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME = 'PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION' [AND PROFILE NOT IN (<list of non-applicable profiles>)] ORDER BY PROFILE; Bearing in mind that a profile can inherit from another profile, and the root profile is called DEFAULT, determine the name of the password verification function effective for each profile. If, for any profile, the function name is null, this is a finding. For each password verification function, examine its source code. If it does not enforce the organization-defined minimum number of lower-case characters (1 unless otherwise specified), this is a finding.
Fix: F-57093r1_fix
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, no fix to the DBMS is required. If any user accounts are managed by Oracle: Develop, test and implement a password verification function that enforces DoD requirements. (Oracle supplies a sample function called verify_function_11G, in the script file <oracle_home>/RDBMS/ADMIN/utlpwdmg.sql. This can be used as the starting point for a customized function.)
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000194
- Version
- O112-C2-014300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52279
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66495r1_rule
Checks: C-54335r1_chk
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, stop here: this is not a finding against the DBMS. For each profile that can be applied to accounts where authentication is under Oracle's control, determine the password verification function, if any, that is in use: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME = 'PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION' [AND PROFILE NOT IN (<list of non-applicable profiles>)] ORDER BY PROFILE; Bearing in mind that a profile can inherit from another profile, and the root profile is called DEFAULT, determine the name of the password verification function effective for each profile. If, for any profile, the function name is null, this is a finding. For each password verification function, examine its source code. If it does not enforce the organization-defined minimum number of numeric characters (1 unless otherwise specified), this is a finding.
Fix: F-57095r1_fix
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, no fix to the DBMS is required. If any user accounts are managed by Oracle: Develop, test and implement a password verification function that enforces DoD requirements. (Oracle supplies a sample function called verify_function_11G, in the script file <oracle_home>/RDBMS/ADMIN/utlpwdmg.sql. This can be used as the starting point for a customized function.)
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001619
- Version
- O112-C2-014400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52281
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66497r1_rule
Checks: C-54337r1_chk
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, stop here: this is not a finding against the DBMS. For each profile that can be applied to accounts where authentication is under Oracle's control, determine the password verification function, if any, that is in use: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME = 'PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION' [AND PROFILE NOT IN (<list of non-applicable profiles>)] ORDER BY PROFILE; Bearing in mind that a profile can inherit from another profile, and the root profile is called DEFAULT, determine the name of the password verification function effective for each profile. If, for any profile, the function name is null, this is a finding. For each password verification function, examine its source code. If it does not enforce the organization-defined minimum number of special characters (1 unless otherwise specified), this is a finding.
Fix: F-57097r1_fix
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, no fix to the DBMS is required. If any user accounts are managed by Oracle: Develop, test and implement a password verification function that enforces DoD requirements. (Oracle supplies a sample function called verify_function_11G, in the script file <oracle_home>/RDBMS/ADMIN/utlpwdmg.sql. This can be used as the starting point for a customized function.)
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000195
- Version
- O112-C2-014500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52283
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66499r2_rule
Checks: C-54339r5_chk
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. For each profile that can be applied to accounts where authentication is under Oracle's control, determine the password verification function, if any, that is in use: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME = 'PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION' [AND PROFILE NOT IN (<list of non-applicable profiles>)] ORDER BY PROFILE; Bearing in mind that a profile can inherit from another profile, and the root profile is called DEFAULT, determine the name of the password verification function effective for each profile. If, for any profile, the function name is null, this is a finding. For each password verification function, examine its source code. If it does not enforce the organization-defined minimum number of characters by which the password must differ from the previous password (eight of the characters unless otherwise specified), this is a finding.
Fix: F-57099r2_fix
If any user accounts are managed by Oracle: Develop, test and implement a password verification function that enforces DoD requirements. (Oracle supplies a sample function called verify_function_11G, in the script file <oracle_home>/RDBMS/ADMIN/utlpwdmg.sql. This can be used as the starting point for a customized function.)
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000196
- Version
- O112-C2-014600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52285
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66501r3_rule
Checks: C-54341r2_chk
(Oracle stores and displays its passwords in encrypted form. Nevertheless, this should be verified by reviewing the relevant system views, along with the other items to be checked here.) Ask the DBA to review the list of DBMS database objects, database configuration files, associated scripts, and applications defined within and external to the DBMS that access the database. The list should also include files, tables or settings used to configure the operational environment for the DBMS and for interactive DBMS user accounts. Ask the DBA and/or IAO to determine if any DBMS database objects, database configuration files, associated scripts, and applications defined within or external to the DBMS that access the database, and DBMS/user environment files/settings/tables, contain database passwords. If any do, confirm that DBMS passwords stored internally or externally to the DBMS are encoded or encrypted. If any passwords are stored in clear text, this is a finding. Ask the DBA/SA/Application Support staff if they have created an external password store for applications, batch jobs, and scripts to use. Verify that all passwords stored there are encrypted. If a password store is used and any password is not encrypted, this is a finding. The following are notes on implementing a Secure External Password Store using Oracle Wallet: You can store password credentials for connecting to databases by using a client-side Oracle wallet. An Oracle wallet is a secure software container that stores authentication and signing credentials. This wallet usage can simplify large-scale deployments that rely on password credentials for connecting to databases. When this feature is configured, application code, batch jobs, and scripts no longer need embedded user names and passwords. This reduces risk because the passwords are no longer exposed, and password management policies are more easily enforced without changing application code whenever user names or passwords change. The external password store of the wallet is separate from the area where public key infrastructure (PKI) credentials are stored. Consequently, you cannot use Oracle Wallet Manager to manage credentials in the external password store of the wallet. Instead, use the command-line utility mkstore to manage these credentials. How Does the External Password Store Work? Typically, users (and applications, batch jobs, and scripts) connect to databases by using a standard CONNECT statement that specifies a database connection string. This string can include a user name and password, and an Oracle Net service name identifying the database on an Oracle Database network. If the password is omitted, the connection prompts the user for the password. For example, the service name could be the URL that identifies that database, or a TNS alias you entered in the tnsnames.ora file in the database. Another possibility is a host:port:sid string. The following examples are standard CONNECT statements that could be used for a client that is not configured to use the external password store: CONNECT salesapp@sales_db.us.example.com Enter password: password CONNECT salesapp@orasales Enter password: password CONNECT salesapp@ourhost37:1527:DB17 Enter password: password In these examples, salesapp is the user name, with the unique connection string for the database shown as specified in three different ways. You could use its URL sales_db.us.example.com, or its TNS alias, orasales, from the tnsnames.ora file, or its host:port:sid string. However, when clients are configured to use the secure external password store, applications can connect to a database with the following CONNECT statement syntax, without specifying database logon credentials: CONNECT /@db_connect_string CONNECT /@db_connect_string AS SYSDBA CONNECT /@db_connect_string AS SYSOPER In this specification, db_connect_string is a valid connection string to access the intended database, such as the service name, URL, or alias as shown in the earlier examples. Each user account must have its own unique connection string; you cannot create one connection string for multiple users. In this case, the database credentials, user name and password, are securely stored in an Oracle wallet created for this purpose. The autologin feature of this wallet is turned on, so the system does not need a password to open the wallet. From the wallet, it gets the credentials to access the database for the user they represent.
Fix: F-57101r6_fix
Develop, document, and maintain a list of DBMS database objects, database configuration files, associated scripts, and applications defined within or external to the DBMS that access the database, and DBMS/user environment files/settings in the System Security Plan. Record whether they do or do not contain DBMS passwords. If passwords are present, ensure they are encoded or encrypted and protected by host system security. The following are notes on implementing a Secure External Password Store using Oracle Wallet: Oracle provides the capability to provide for a secure external password facility. Use the Oracle mkstore to create a secure storage area for passwords for applications, batch jobs, and scripts to use, or deploy a site-authorized facility to perform this function. Check to see what has been stored in the Oracle External Password Store. To view all contents of a client wallet external password store, check specific credentials by viewing them. Listing the external password store contents provides information you can use to decide whether to add or delete credentials from the store. To list the contents of the external password store, enter the following command at the command line: $ mkstore -wrl wallet_location -listCredential For example: $ mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\11.2.0\db_1\wallets -listCredential The wallet_location specifies the path to the directory where the wallet, whose external password store contents you want to view, is located. This command lists all of the credential database service names (aliases) and the corresponding user name (schema) for that database. Passwords are not listed. Configuring Clients to use the External Password Store: If your client is already configured to use external authentication, such as Windows native authentication or Transport Layer Security (TLS), then Oracle Database uses that authentication method. The same credentials used for this type of authentication are typically also used to log in to the database. For clients not using such authentication methods or wanting to override them for database authentication, you can set the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameter in sqlnet.ora to TRUE. The default value for SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE is FALSE, allowing standard use of authentication credentials as before. If you want a client to use the secure external password store feature, then perform the following configuration task: 1. Create a wallet on the client by using the following syntax at the command line: mkstore -wrl wallet_location -create For example: mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\11.2.0\db_1\wallets -create Enter password: password The wallet_location is the path to the directory where you want to create and store the wallet. This command creates an Oracle wallet with the autologin feature enabled at the location you specify. The autologin feature enables the client to access the wallet contents without supplying a password. The mkstore utility -create option uses password complexity verification. 2. Create database connection credentials in the wallet by using the following syntax at the command line: mkstore -wrl wallet_location -createCredential db_connect_string username Enter password: password For example: mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\11.2.0\db_1\wallets -createCredential oracle system Enter password: password In this specification the wallet_location is the path to the directory where you created the wallet. The db_connect_string used in the CONNECT /@db_connect_string statement must be identical to the db_connect_string specified in the -createCredential command. The db_connect_string is the TNS alias you use to specify the database in the tnsnames.ora file or any service name you use to identify the database on an Oracle network. By default, tnsnames.ora is located in the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory on UNIX systems and in ORACLE_HOME\network\admin on Windows. The username is the database logon credential. When prompted, enter the password for this user. 3. In the client sqlnet.ora file, enter the WALLET_LOCATION parameter and set it to the directory location of the wallet you created in Step 1. For example, if you created the wallet in $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin and your Oracle home is set to /private/ora11, then you need to enter the following into your client sqlnet.ora file: WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /private/ora11/network/admin) ) ) 4. In the client sqlnet.ora file, enter the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameter and set it to TRUE as follows: SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE = TRUE This setting causes all CONNECT /@db_connect_string statements to use the information in the wallet at the specified location to authenticate to databases. When external authentication is in use, an authenticated user with such a wallet can use the CONNECT /@db_connect_string syntax to access the previously specified databases without providing a user name and password. However, if a user fails that external authentication, then these connect statements also fail. Below is a sample sqlnet.ora file with the WALLET_LOCATION and the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameters set as described in Steps 3 and 4. WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /private/ora11/network/admin) ) ) SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE = TRUE SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION = FALSE SSL_VERSION = 1.0 (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.)
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000199
- Version
- O112-C2-014900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52287
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66503r1_rule
Checks: C-54343r1_chk
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, stop here: this is not a finding against the DBMS. Where accounts are authenticated using passwords, review procedures and implementation evidence for creation of temporary passwords. If the procedures or evidence do not exist or do not enforce passwords to meet DoD password requirements, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57103r3_fix
Implement procedures for assigning temporary passwords to user accounts. Procedures should include instructions to meet current DoD password length and complexity requirements and provide a secure method to relay the temporary password to the user.
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000199
- Version
- O112-C2-015100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52289
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66505r4_rule
Checks: C-54345r3_chk
Review application source code required to be encoded or encrypted for database accounts used by applications or batch jobs to access the database. Review source batch job code prior to compiling, encoding, or encrypting for database accounts used by applications or the batch jobs themselves to access the database. Determine if the compiled, encoded, or encrypted application source code or batch jobs contain passwords used for authentication to the database. If any of the identified compiled, encoded, or encrypted application source code or batch job code do contain passwords used for authentication to the database, this is a finding. The check would depend on the information provided by the DBA. In a default Oracle installation, all passwords are stored in an encrypted manner. Ask the DBA if they have created an External Password Store for applications, batch jobs, and scripts to use. Secure External Password Store: You can store password credentials for connecting to databases by using a client-side Oracle wallet. An Oracle wallet is a secure software container that stores authentication and signing credentials. This wallet usage can simplify large-scale deployments that rely on password credentials for connecting to databases. When this feature is configured, application code, batch jobs, and scripts no longer need embedded user names and passwords. This reduces risk because the passwords are no longer exposed, and password management policies are more easily enforced without changing application code whenever user names or passwords change. The external password store of the wallet is separate from the area where public key infrastructure (PKI) credentials are stored. Consequently, you cannot use Oracle Wallet Manager to manage credentials in the external password store of the wallet. Instead, use the command-line utility mkstore to manage these credentials. How Does the External Password Store Work? Typically, users (and as applications, batch jobs, and scripts) connect to databases by using a standard CONNECT statement that specifies a database connection string. This string can include a user name and password, and an Oracle Net service name identifying the database on an Oracle Database network. If the password is omitted, the connection prompts the user for the password. For example, the service name could be the URL that identifies that database, or a TNS alias you entered in the tnsnames.ora file in the database. Another possibility is a host:port:sid string. The following examples are standard CONNECT statements that could be used for a client that is not configured to use the external password store: CONNECT salesapp@sales_db.us.example.com Enter password: password CONNECT salesapp@orasales Enter password: password CONNECT salesapp@ourhost37:1527:DB17 Enter password: password In these examples, salesapp is the user name, with the unique connection string for the database shown as specified in three different ways. You could use its URL sales_db.us.example.com, or its TNS alias, orasales, from the tnsnames.ora file, or its host:port:sid string. However, when clients are configured to use the secure external password store, applications can connect to a database with the following CONNECT statement syntax, without specifying database logon credentials: CONNECT /@db_connect_string CONNECT /@db_connect_string AS SYSDBA CONNECT /@db_connect_string AS SYSOPER In this specification, db_connect_string is a valid connection string to access the intended database, such as the service name, URL, or alias as shown in the earlier examples. Each user account must have its own unique connection string; you cannot create one connection string for multiple users. In this case, the database credentials, user name and password, are securely stored in an Oracle wallet created for this purpose. The autologin feature of this wallet is turned on, so the system does not need a password to open the wallet. From the wallet, it gets the credentials to access the database for the user they represent.
Fix: F-57105r6_fix
Design DBMS application code and batch job code that is compiled, encoded or encrypted, to NOT contain passwords. Oracle provides the capability to provide for a secure external password facility. Use the Oracle mkstore to create a secure storage area for passwords for applications, batch jobs, and scripts to use or deploy a site-authorized facility to perform this function. Check to see what has been stored in the Oracle External Password Store. To view all contents of a client wallet external password store, check specific credentials by viewing them. Listing the external password store contents provides information you can use to decide whether to add or delete credentials from the store. To list the contents of the external password store, enter the following command at the command line: $ mkstore -wrl wallet_location -listCredential For example: $ mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\11.2.0\db_1\wallets -listCredential The wallet_location specifies the path to the directory where the wallet, whose external password store contents you want to view, is located. This command lists all of the credential database service names (aliases) and the corresponding user name (schema) for that database. Passwords are not listed. Configuring Clients to use the External Password Store: If your client is already configured to use external authentication, such as Windows native authentication or Transport Layer Security (TLS), then Oracle Database uses that authentication method. The same credentials used for this type of authentication are typically also used to log in to the database. For clients not using such authentication methods or wanting to override them for database authentication, you can set the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameter in sqlnet.ora to TRUE. The default value for SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE is FALSE, allowing standard use of authentication credentials as before. If you want a client to use the secure external password store feature, then perform the following configuration task: 1. Create a wallet on the client by using the following syntax at the command line: mkstore -wrl wallet_location -create For example: mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\11.2.0\db_1\wallets -create Enter password: password The wallet_location is the path to the directory where you want to create and store the wallet. This command creates an Oracle wallet with the autologin feature enabled at the location you specify. The autologin feature enables the client to access the wallet contents without supplying a password. The mkstore utility -create option uses password complexity verification. 2. Create database connection credentials in the wallet by using the following syntax at the command line: mkstore -wrl wallet_location -createCredential db_connect_string username Enter password: password For example: mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\11.2.0\db_1\wallets -createCredential oracle system Enter password: password In this specification: The wallet_location is the path to the directory where you created the wallet. The db_connect_string used in the CONNECT /@db_connect_string statement must be identical to the db_connect_string specified in the -createCredential command. The db_connect_string is the TNS alias you use to specify the database in the tnsnames.ora file or any service name you use to identify the database on an Oracle network. By default, tnsnames.ora is located in the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory on UNIX systems and in ORACLE_HOME\network\admin on Windows. The username is the database logon credential. When prompted, enter the password for this user. 3. In the client sqlnet.ora file, enter the WALLET_LOCATION parameter and set it to the directory location of the wallet you created in Step 1. For example, if you created the wallet in $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin and your Oracle home is set to /private/ora11, then you need to enter the following into your client sqlnet.ora file: WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /private/ora11/network/admin) ) ) 4. In the client sqlnet.ora file, enter the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameter and set it to TRUE as follows: SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE = TRUE This setting causes all CONNECT /@db_connect_string statements to use the information in the wallet at the specified location to authenticate to databases. When external authentication is in use, an authenticated user with such a wallet can use the CONNECT /@db_connect_string syntax to access the previously specified databases without providing a user name and password. However, if a user fails that external authentication, then these connect statements also fail. Below is a sample sqlnet.ora file with the WALLET_LOCATION and the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameters set as described in Steps 3 and 4. WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /private/ora12/network/admin) ) ) SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE = TRUE SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION = FALSE SSL_VERSION = 1.0 (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.)
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000199
- Version
- O112-C2-015200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52291
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66507r3_rule
Checks: C-54347r7_chk
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. Review DBMS settings to determine if passwords must be changed periodically. If not, this is a finding: SELECT p1.profile, CASE p1.limit WHEN 'UNLIMITED' THEN 'UNLIMITED' ELSE CASE p2.limit WHEN 'UNLIMITED' THEN 'UNLIMITED' ELSE CASE p3.limit WHEN 'UNLIMITED' THEN 'UNLIMITED' ELSE CASE p4.limit WHEN 'UNLIMITED' THEN 'UNLIMITED' ELSE TO_CHAR(DECODE(p1.limit, 'DEFAULT', p3.limit, p1.limit) + DECODE(p2.limit, 'DEFAULT', p4.limit, p2.limit)) END END END END effective_life_time FROM dba_profiles p1, dba_profiles p2, dba_profiles p3, dba_profiles p4 WHERE p1.profile=p2.profile AND p3.profile='DEFAULT' AND p4.profile='DEFAULT' AND p1.resource_name='PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME' AND p2.resource_name='PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME' AND p3.resource_name='PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME' -- from DEFAULT profile AND p4.resource_name='PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME' -- from DEFAULT profile order by 1; If the “effective_life_time” is greater than 60 for any profile applied to user accounts, and the need for this has not been documented and approved by the ISSO, this is a finding. If the value is greater than 35 for any profile applied to user accounts, and the DBMS is configured to use Password Lifetime to disable inactive accounts (see requirement SRG-APP-000025-DB-000004), this is a finding.
Fix: F-57107r7_fix
For user accounts managed by Oracle: Modify DBMS settings to force users to periodically change their passwords. For example, using PPPPPP to stand for a profile name: ALTER PROFILE PPPPPP LIMIT PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME 35 PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME 0; Do this for each profile applied to user accounts. (Note that although the DoD requirement is for a password change every 60 days, using a value of “35” facilitates the use of “PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME” as a means of locking accounts inactive for 35 days, as required by SRG-APP-000025-DB-000004. But if “35” is not a practical or acceptable limit for password lifetime, set it to the standard DoD value of “60”, and use another method to satisfy SRG-APP-000025-DB-000004.) Where a password lifetime longer than “60” is needed, document the reasons and obtain ISSO approval.
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000185
- Version
- O112-C2-015300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52293
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66509r4_rule
Checks: C-54349r9_chk
If PKI is not enabled in the Oracle Database, this is not a finding. Review DBMS configuration to verify the certificates being accepted by the DBMS have a valid certification path with status information to an accepted trust anchor. If certification paths are not being validated back to a trust anchor, this is a finding. The database supports PKI-based authentication by using digital certificates over TLS in addition to the native encryption and data integrity capabilities of these protocols. Oracle provides a complete PKI that is based on RSA Security, Inc., Public-Key Cryptography Standards, and which interoperates with Oracle servers and clients. The database uses a wallet which is a container that is used to store authentication and signing credentials, including private keys, certificates, and trusted certificates needed by TLS. In an Oracle environment, every entity that communicates over TLS must have a wallet containing an X.509 version 3 certificate, private key, and list of trusted certificates. If the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora contains the following entries, TLS is installed. WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE= (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = DIRECTORY=/wallet) SSL_CIPHER_SUITES=(SSL_cipher_suiteExample) SSL_VERSION = 1.0 SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION=TRUE (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.)
Fix: F-57109r2_fix
Configure the DBMS to validate certificates by constructing a certification path with status information to an accepted trust anchor. Configure the database to support Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols and the Oracle Wallet to store authentication and signing credentials including private keys.
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000187
- Version
- O112-C2-015500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52295
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66511r3_rule
Checks: C-54351r5_chk
Review DBMS configuration to verify DBMS user accounts are being mapped directly to authenticated identity information being passed via the PKI. If user accounts are not being mapped to authenticated identity information being passed via the PKI, this is a finding. The database supports PKI-based authentication by using digital certificates over TLS in addition to the native encryption and data integrity capabilities of these protocols. Oracle provides a complete PKI that is based on RSA Security, Inc., Public-Key Cryptography Standards, and which interoperates with Oracle servers and clients. The database uses a wallet which is a container that is used to store authentication and signing credentials, including private keys, certificates, and trusted certificates needed by TLS. In an Oracle environment, every entity that communicates over TLS must have a wallet containing an X.509 version 3 certificate, private key, and list of trusted certificates. Security administrators use Oracle Wallet Manager to manage security credentials on the server. If the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora contains the following entries, TLS is installed. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE= (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = DIRECTORY=/wallet) SSL_CIPHER_SUITES=(SSL_cipher_suiteExample) SSL_VERSION = 1.0 SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION=FALSE/TRUE
Fix: F-57111r1_fix
Configure the DBMS to map the authenticated identity directly to the DBMS user account.
- RMF Control
- IA-7
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000803
- Version
- O112-C2-015700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52297
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66513r3_rule
Checks: C-54353r4_chk
Check the following settings to see if FIPS 140-2 authentication/encryption is configured. If encryption is required but not configured, check with the DBA and SYSTEM Administrator to see if other mechanisms or third-party cryptography products are deployed for authentication. To see if Oracle is configured for FIPS 140-2 SSL/TLS authentication and/or Encryption: Open the fips.ora file in a browser or editor. (The default location for fips.ora is $ORACLE_HOME/ldap/admin/ but alternate locations are possible. An alternate location, if it is in use, is specified in the FIPS_HOME environment variable.) If the line "SSLFIPS_140=TRUE" is not found in fips.ora, or the file does not exist, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57113r9_fix
Utilize NIST-validated FIPS 140-2-compliant cryptography for all authentication mechanisms. The strength requirements are dependent upon data classification. For unclassified data, where cryptography is required: AES 128 for encryption SHA 256 for hashing NSA has established the suite B encryption requirements for protecting National Security Systems (NSS) as follows: AES 128 for Secret AES 256 for Top Secret SHA 256 for Secret SHA 384 for Top Secret National Security System is defined as: (OMB Circular A-130) Any telecommunications or information system operated by the United States Government, the function, operation, or use of which (1) involves intelligence activities; (2) involves cryptologic activities related to national security; (3) involves command and control of military forces; (4) involves equipment that is an integral part of a weapon or weapons system; or (5) is critical to the direct fulfillment of military or intelligence missions, but excluding any system that is to be used for routine administrative and business applications (including payroll, finance, logistics, and personnel management applications). There is more information on this topic in the Oracle Database 11.2g Advanced Security Administrator's Guide, which may be found at https://docs.oracle.com/database/112/DBSEG/E48135-11.pdf. Note: because of changes in Oracle's licensing policy, it is no longer necessary to purchase Oracle Advanced Security to use network encryption and advanced authentication. FIPS 140-2 documentation can be downloaded from http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/PubsFIPS.html#140-2
- RMF Control
- MA-4
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000888
- Version
- O112-C2-016000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52299
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66515r1_rule
Checks: C-54355r1_chk
Review DBMS configuration to determine if cryptographic mechanisms are being utilized to protect the integrity and confidentiality of non-local maintenance and diagnostic communications. If not, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57115r1_fix
Configure DBMS to utilize cryptographic mechanisms to protect the integrity and confidentiality of non-local maintenance and diagnostic communications.
- RMF Control
- MA-4
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000877
- Version
- O112-C2-016100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52301
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66517r1_rule
Checks: C-54357r1_chk
Review DBMS settings to determine whether strong identification and authentication techniques are required for non-local maintenance and diagnostic sessions. If strong identification and authentication techniques are not required, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57117r1_fix
Configure DBMS settings to use strong identification and authentication techniques for non-local maintenance and diagnostic sessions.
- RMF Control
- MP-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001009
- Version
- O112-C2-016300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52303
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66519r2_rule
Checks: C-54359r1_chk
If data is written to portable media, the data must be protected and access restricted via cryptographic mechanisms. Review system documentation and interview DBA to determine whether data is ever written directly from Oracle to portable media. If this is the case, and cryptographic mechanisms are not used to protect data written to portable media, this is a finding. If all data writing from Oracle to portable media is done via intermediate files, pipes, or other non-portable resources under the control of the operating system, then this is not a finding with respect to Oracle. (Note, however, that if encryption is not in use, it may be a finding with respect to the OS or the application that is used to perform the data transfer.)
Fix: F-57119r1_fix
Reconfigure processes that write to portable digital media so that they use cryptographic mechanisms to restrict access and protect the information.
- RMF Control
- MP-4
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001019
- Version
- O112-C2-016400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52305
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66521r4_rule
Checks: C-54361r4_chk
Review DBMS settings to determine whether data stored on the database is encrypted according to organizational requirements. If not, this is a finding. Determine whether the Oracle DBMS software is at version 11.2.0.4 with the January 2014 CPU (or above). If it is not, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57121r11_fix
Deploy Oracle 11.2.0.4 with the January 2014 CPU patch. Configure cryptographic functions to use FIPS 140-2-compliant algorithms and hashing functions. Configure the DBMS to encrypt data at rest according to the requirements of the organization. The strength requirements are dependent upon data classification. For unclassified data, where cryptography is required: AES 128 for encryption SHA 256 for hashing NSA has established the suite B encryption requirements for protecting National Security Systems (NSS) as follows: AES 128 for Secret AES 256 for Top Secret SHA 256 for Secret SHA 384 for Top Secret National Security System is defined as: (OMB Circular A-130) Any telecommunications or information system operated by the United States Government, the function, operation, or use of which (1) involves intelligence activities; (2) involves cryptologic activities related to national security; (3) involves command and control of military forces; (4) involves equipment that is an integral part of a weapon or weapons system; or (5) is critical to the direct fulfillment of military or intelligence missions, but excluding any system that is to be used for routine administrative and business applications (including payroll, finance, logistics, and personnel management applications). There is more information on this topic in the Oracle Database 11.2g Advanced Security Administrator's Guide, which may be found at http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e40393.pdf Because of changes in Oracle's licensing policy, it is no longer necessary to purchase Oracle Advanced Security to use network encryption and advanced authentication. FIPS 140-2 can be downloaded from http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/PubsFIPS.html#140-2
- RMF Control
- SC-10
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001133
- Version
- O112-C2-016500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52307
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66523r2_rule
Checks: C-54363r2_chk
Review DBMS settings, OS settings, and vendor documentation to verify network connections are terminated when a database communications session is ended or after a DoD-defined period of inactivity. If the network connection is not terminated, this is a finding. The defined duration for these timeouts is 15 minutes, except to fulfill documented and validated mission requirements.
Fix: F-57123r3_fix
Configure DBMS and/or OS settings to disconnect network sessions when database communication sessions have ended or after the DoD-defined period of inactivity. To configure this in Oracle, modify each relevant profile. The resource name is IDLE_TIME, which is expressed in minutes. Using PPPPPP as an example of a profile, set the timeout to 15 minutes with: ALTER PROFILE PPPPPP LIMIT IDLE_TIME 15;
- RMF Control
- SC-13
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001144
- Version
- O112-C2-016600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52309
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66525r2_rule
Checks: C-54365r2_chk
If encryption is not required for the database, this is not a finding. If the DBMS has not implemented federally required cryptographic protections for the level of classification of the data it contains, this is a finding. Determine whether the Oracle DBMS software is at version 11.2.0.4 with the January 2014 CPU (or above). If it is not, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57125r8_fix
Implement required cryptographic protections using cryptographic modules complying with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance. Deploy Oracle 11.2.0.4, with the January 2014 CPU patch, or a later version. Configure cryptographic functions to use FIPS 140-2 compliant algorithms and hashing functions. The strength requirements are dependent upon data classification. For unclassified data, where cryptography is required: AES 128 for encryption SHA 256 for hashing NSA has established the suite B encryption requirements for protecting National Security Systems (NSS) as follows: AES 128 for Secret AES 256 for Top Secret SHA 256 for Secret SHA 384 for Top Secret National Security System is defined as: (OMB Circular A-130) Any telecommunications or information system operated by the United States Government, the function, operation, or use of which (1) involves intelligence activities; (2) involves cryptologic activities related to national security; (3) involves command and control of military forces; (4) involves equipment that is an integral part of a weapon or weapons system; or (5) is critical to the direct fulfillment of military or intelligence missions, but excluding any system that is to be used for routine administrative and business applications (including payroll, finance, logistics, and personnel management applications). There is more information on this topic in the Oracle Database 11.2g Advanced Security Administrator's Guide, which may be found at http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e40393.pdf. FIPS 140-2 can be downloaded from http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/PubsFIPS.html#140-2
- RMF Control
- SC-13
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001144
- Version
- O112-C2-016700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52311
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66527r1_rule
Checks: C-54367r1_chk
Review the system documentation to determine whether the database handles classified information. If the database handles classified information, upgrade the severity Category Code to I. Review the system documentation to discover sensitive or classified data identified by the Information Owner that requires encryption. If no sensitive or classified data is identified as requiring encryption by the Information Owner, this is not a finding. Have the DBA use select statements in the database to review sensitive data stored in tables as identified in the system documentation. If all sensitive data identified is encrypted within the database objects, encryption of the DBMS data files is optional and not a finding. If all sensitive data is not encrypted within database objects, review encryption applied to the DBMS host data files. If no encryption is applied, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57127r5_fix
Obtain and utilize native or third-party NIST-validated FIPS 140-2-compliant cryptography solution for the DBMS. Configure cryptographic functions to use FIPS 140-2-compliant algorithms and hashing functions. Deploy Oracle 11.2.0.4 with the January 2014 CPU patch. The strength requirements are dependent upon data classification. For unclassified data, where cryptography is required: AES 128 for encryption SHA 256 for hashing NSA has established the suite B encryption requirements for protecting National Security Systems (NSS) as follows. AES 128 for Secret AES 256 for Top Secret SHA 256 for Secret SHA 384 for Top Secret National Security System is defined as: (OMB Circular A-130) Any telecommunications or information system operated by the United States Government, the function, operation, or use of which (1) involves intelligence activities; (2) involves cryptologic activities related to national security; (3) involves command and control of military forces; (4) involves equipment that is an integral part of a weapon or weapons system; or (5) is critical to the direct fulfillment of military or intelligence missions, but excluding any system that is to be used for routine administrative and business applications (including payroll, finance, logistics, and personnel management applications). There is more information on this topic in the Oracle Database 11.2g Advanced Security Administrator's Guide, which may be found at http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e40393.pdf FIPS 140-2 can be downloaded from http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/PubsFIPS.html#140-2
- RMF Control
- CM-5
- Severity
- H
- CCI
- CCI-001499
- Version
- O112-C1-011100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52327
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66543r3_rule
Checks: C-54369r5_chk
Follow the vendor instruction for determining the product version number. View the vendor-provided list of supported versions. To be considered supported, the vendor must report that the version is supported by security patches to reported vulnerabilities. If the security patch support for the installed version cannot be determined or the version is not shown as supported, this is a finding. If the software does not contain the latest security patches, this is a finding. Oracle produces security patches on a quarterly basis on or about the fifteenth of the month. The first patch of a calendar year is delivered in January and then April, July and October respectively. There is an automated notice that is available to anyone with access to My Oracle Support. Check to see if the DBA or Administrator of the Oracle account at My Oracle Support is registered to receive the Oracle Security Patch notice. This notice is available to anyone with a valid My Oracle Support. The security notification contains information on the current security update and also the platforms and versions that will be supported by the next patch. For complete information on the availability of the security patch for your specific system, please refer to the Oracle Lifetime Support Policy. Check My Oracle Support for the latest Oracle Quarterly Patch Update patch number, and then check the inventory of the instance you are reviewing and see if the latest security patch is installed using the following command. Issue the following command: $ <ORACLE_HOME>/OPatch/opatch lsinventory -detail -oh <ORACLE_HOME> Check to see if the latest available patch is installed. If the latest available patch is not installed, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57145r2_fix
Upgrade the DBMS to a vendor-supported version. Apply the latest DBMS patches.
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- H
- CCI
- CCI-000199
- Version
- O112-C1-015000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52329
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66545r2_rule
Checks: C-54371r3_chk
Use this query to identify the Oracle-supplied accounts that still have their default passwords: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_USERS_WITH_DEFPWD; If any accounts other than XS$NULL are listed, this is a finding. (XS$NULL is an internal account that represents the absence of a user in a session. Because XS$NULL is not a user, this account can only be accessed by the Oracle Database instance. XS$NULL has no privileges and no one can authenticate as XS$NULL, nor can authentication credentials ever be assigned to XS$NULL.)
Fix: F-57147r1_fix
Change passwords for DBMS accounts to non-default values. Where necessary, unlock or enable accounts to change the password, and then return the account to disabled or locked status.
- RMF Control
- IA-5
- Severity
- H
- CCI
- CCI-000186
- Version
- O112-C1-015400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52331
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66547r4_rule
Checks: C-54373r8_chk
If PKI is not enabled in Oracle Database, this is not a finding. Review DBMS configuration to determine whether appropriate access controls exist to protect the DBMS’s private key. If strong access controls do not exist to enforce authorized access to the private key, this is a finding. The database supports authentication by using digital certificates over TLS in addition to the native encryption and data integrity capabilities of these protocols. An Oracle Wallet is a container that is used to store authentication and signing credentials, including private keys, certificates, and trusted certificates needed by TLS. In an Oracle environment, every entity that communicates over TLS must have a wallet containing an X.509 version 3 certificate, private key, and list of trusted certificates, with the exception of Diffie-Hellman. If the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora contains the following entries, TLS is installed. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE= (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = DIRECTORY=/wallet) SSL_CIPHER_SUITES=(SSL_cipher_suiteExample) SSL_VERSION = 1.0 SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION=FALSE/TRUE
Fix: F-57149r3_fix
Implement strong access and authentication controls to protect the database’s private key. Configure the database to support Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols and the Oracle Wallet to store authentication and signing credentials including private keys.
- RMF Control
- SC-8
- Severity
- H
- CCI
- CCI-002418
- Version
- O112-C1-019700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52333
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66549r6_rule
Checks: C-54375r9_chk
Check DBMS settings to determine whether cryptographic mechanisms are used to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of information during transmission. Determine whether physical measures are being used instead of cryptographic mechanisms. If neither cryptographic nor physical measures are being utilized, this is a finding. To check that network encryption is enabled and using site-specified encryption procedures, look in SQLNET.ORA located at: $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) If encryption is set, entries like the following will be present: SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_SERVER= (SHA-1) SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_SERVER= (AES256) SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_SERVER = required SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_CLIENT= (SHA-1) SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_CLIENT= (AES256) SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_CLIENT = requested (The values assigned to the parameters may be different, the combination of parameters may be different, and not all of the example parameters will necessarily exist in the file.)
Fix: F-57153r1_fix
Configure DBMS and/or operating system to use cryptographic mechanisms to prevent unauthorized disclosure of information during transmission where physical measures are not being utilized.
- RMF Control
- AC-10
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000054
- Version
- O112-C2-000100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52337
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66553r2_rule
Checks: C-54377r2_chk
Retrieve the settings for concurrent sessions for each profile with the query: SELECT * FROM SYS.DBA_PROFILES WHERE RESOURCE_NAME = 'SESSIONS_PER_USER'; If the DBMS settings for concurrent sessions for each profile are greater than the organizationally defined maximum number of sessions, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57155r1_fix
Limit concurrent connections for each system account to a number less than or equal to the organization-defined number of sessions using the following SQL. Create profiles that conform to the DoD requirements. Assign users to the appropriate profile. Change the value of SESSIONS_PER_USER (along with the other parameters, where relevant) from UNLIMITED to DoD-compliant, site-specific requirements and then assign users to the profile (the name PPPPP is an example; use a name appropriate to your circumstance): CREATE PROFILE "PPPPPP" LIMIT CPU_PER_SESSION UNLIMITED CPU_PER_CALL UNLIMITED CONNECT_TIME UNLIMITED IDLE_TIME UNLIMITED SESSIONS_PER_USER UNLIMITED LOGICAL_READS_PER_SESSION UNLIMITED LOGICAL_READS_PER_CALL UNLIMITED PRIVATE_SGA UNLIMITED COMPOSITE_LIMIT UNLIMITED PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME 180 PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME 7 PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX UNLIMITED PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME UNLIMITED PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME 1 FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS 10 PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION NULL To assign the user to the profile do the following: ALTER USER user1 PROFILE PPPPPP;
- RMF Control
- AC-17
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001454
- Version
- O112-C2-001600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52345
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66561r3_rule
Checks: C-54385r4_chk
Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing information on the required events, review the contents of the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If auditable events are not listed, this is a finding. Fix Text: Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit organization-defined auditable events. If preferred, use a third-party tool. The tool must provide the minimum capability to audit the required events. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. Use this process to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. If the site-specific audit requirements are not covered by the default audit options, deploy and configure Fine-Grained Auditing. For details, refer to Oracle documentation at the locations below. For more information on the configuration of auditing, refer to the following document: https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E25054_01/network.1111/e16543/auditing.htm If the site-specific audit requirements are not covered by the default audit options, deploy and configure Fine-Grained Auditing. For details, refer to Oracle documentation at the location above.
Fix: F-57163r2_fix
Enable auditing of security feature access via remote connections. Satisfy the auditing requirement by enabling, deploying, and configuring the Oracle Audit Vault, or by running the SECCONF.SQL script - delivered in $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin/secconf.sql. See the script for details, and customize according to site-specific requirements.
- RMF Control
- AC-17
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001436
- Version
- O112-C2-001700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52347
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66563r1_rule
Checks: C-54387r1_chk
Review the PPSM Technical Assurance List to acquire an up-to-date list of network protocols deemed non-secure. (For definitive information on Ports, Protocols and Services Management (PPSM), refer to http://iase.disa.mil/ppsm/index.html.) Review DBMS settings to determine if the database is utilizing any network protocols deemed non-secure. If the DBMS is not using any network protocols deemed non-secure, this is not a finding.. If the database is utilizing protocols specified as non-secure in the PPSM, verify the protocols are explicitly identified in the System Security Plan and that they are in support of specific operational requirements. If they are not identified in the SSP or are not supporting specific operational requirements, this is a finding. If non-secure network protocols are not being used but are not disabled in the DBMS's configuration, this is a finding. After determining the site-specific operational requirements and which protocols are explicitly defined in the System Security Plan, check the $TNS_ADMIN setting for the location of the Oracle listener.ora file. The listener.ora file is a configuration file for Oracle Net Listener that identifies the following: A unique name for the listener, typically LISTENER A protocol address that it is accepting connection requests on, and A service it is listening for. If the listener.ora file shows a PROTOCOL= statement and the PROTOCOL is deemed non-secure, that is a finding. LISTENER= (DESCRIPTION= (ADDRESS_LIST= (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=sale-server)(PORT=1521)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=ipc)(KEY=extproc)))) SID_LIST_LISTENER= (SID_LIST= (SID_DESC= (GLOBAL_DBNAME=sales.us.example.com) (ORACLE_HOME=/oracle11g) (SID_NAME=sales)) (SID_DESC= (SID_NAME=plsextproc) (ORACLE_HOME=/oracle11g) (PROGRAM=extproc))) Protocol Parameters The Oracle Listener and the Oracle Connection Manager are identified by protocol addresses. The information below contains the "Protocol-Specific Parameters" used by the Oracle protocol support. Protocol-Specific Parameters Protocol: IPC Parameter: PROTOCOL Notes: Specify ipc as the value. Protocol: IPC Parameter: KEY Notes: Specify a unique name for the service. Oracle recommends using the service name or SID of the service. Example: (PROTOCOL=ipc)(KEY=sales) Protocol: Named Pipes Parameter: PROTOCOL Notes: Specify nmp as the value. Protocol: Named Pipes Parameter: SERVER Notes: Specify the name of the Oracle server. Protocol: Named Pipes Parameter: PIPE Notes: Specify the pipe name used to connect to the database server. This is the same PIPE keyword specified on the server with Named Pipes. This name can be any name. Example: (Protocol=nmp) (SERVER=USDOD) (PIPE=dbpipe01) Protocol: SDP Parameter: PROTOCOL Notes: Specify sdp as the value. Protocol: SDP Parameter: HOST Notes: Specify the host name or IP address of the computer. Protocol: SDP Parameter: PORT Notes: Specify the listening port number. Example: (PROTOCOL=sdp)(HOST=sales-server)(PORT=1521) (PROTOCOL=sdp)(HOST=192.168.2.204)(PORT=1521) Protocol: TCP/IP Parameter: PROTOCOL Notes: Specify TCP as the value. Protocol: TCP/IP Parameter: HOST Notes: Specify the host name or IP address of the computer. Protocol: TCP/IP Parameter: PORT Notes: Specify the listening port number. Example: (PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=sales-server)(PORT=1521) (PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=192.168.2.204)(PORT=1521) Protocol: TCP/IP with SSL Parameter: PROTOCOL Notes: Specify tcps as the value. Protocol: TCP/IP with SSL Parameter: HOST Notes: Specify the host name or IP address of the computer. Protocol: TCP/IP with SSL Parameter: PORT Notes: Specify the listening port number. Example: (PROTOCOL=tcps)(HOST=sales-server) (PORT=2484) (PROTOCOL=tcps)(HOST=192.168.2.204)(PORT=2484)
Fix: F-57165r1_fix
Disable any network protocol listed as non-secure in the PPSM documentation. To disable the protocol deemed not secure, stop the listener by issuing the following command as the Oracle Software owner, typically Oracle. $ lsnrctl stop This will stop the listener. Edit the LISTENER.ORA file and remove the protocols deemed not secure and restart the listener. For example, if TCP was deemed as not secure and the listener.ora would need to be changed and the tcp entry would need to be removed. That would only allow the listener to listen for an IPC connection. LISTENER= (DESCRIPTION= (ADDRESS_LIST= (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=sale-server)(PORT=1521)) - remove this line and properly balance the parentheses - (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=ipc)(KEY=extproc)))) SID_LIST_LISTENER= (SID_LIST= (SID_DESC= (GLOBAL_DBNAME=sales.us.example.com) (ORACLE_HOME=/oracle11g) (SID_NAME=sales)) (SID_DESC= (SID_NAME=plsextproc) (ORACLE_HOME=/oracle11g) (PROGRAM=extproc))) Revise the client side TNSNAMES.ORA to align the PROTOCOL value in the PROTOCOL portion of the connect string. For example, if TCP was deemed as not secure and the listener.ora was changed to listen for an IPC connection the code below would be required: net_service_name= (DESCRIPTION= (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=sales1-svr)(PORT=1521)) (ADDRESS=(PROTOCOL=tcp)(HOST=sales2-svr)(PORT=1521)) (CONNECT_DATA= (SERVICE_NAME=sales.us.example.com)))
- RMF Control
- AC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000015
- Version
- O112-C2-001800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52349
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66565r2_rule
Checks: C-54389r2_chk
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. If an Oracle feature/product, an OS feature, a third-party product, or custom code is used to automate account management, this is not a finding. Determine what the site-defined definition of an acceptably small level of manual account-management activity is. If the site has established the definition, documented it, and obtained ISSO-ISSM-AO approval, use that definition. If not, use the following rule of thumb as the definition: no more than 12 such accounts exist or are expected to exist; no more than 100 manual account-management actions (account creation, modification, locking, unlocking, removal and the like) are expected to occur in the course of a year. If the amount of account management activity is small, as defined in the preceding paragraph, this is not a finding. Otherwise, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57167r2_fix
Utilize an Oracle feature/product, an OS feature, a third-party product, or custom code to automate some or all account maintenance functionality. - - - - - Roles and Profiles are two Oracle features that should be employed in account management. (Indeed, other requirements mandate the use of Roles.) Following are some notes from Oracle on the use of Profiles. A profile is a named set of resource limits and password parameters that restrict database usage and instance resources for a user. You can assign a profile to each user, and a default profile to all others. Each user can have only one profile, and creating a new one supersedes any earlier one. Profile resource limits are enforced only when you enable resource limitation for the associated database. Enabling such limitation can occur either before starting up the database (the RESOURCE_LIMIT initialization parameter) or while it is open (using an ALTER SYSTEM statement). While password parameters reside in profiles, they are unaffected by RESOURCE_LIMIT or ALTER SYSTEM and password management is always enabled.
- RMF Control
- AC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000016
- Version
- O112-C2-001900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52351
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66567r4_rule
Checks: C-54391r5_chk
If the organization has a policy, consistently enforced, forbidding the creation of emergency or temporary accounts, this is not a finding. If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. If using database mechanisms to satisfy this requirement, look for a profile for use with temporary accounts. To obtain a list of profiles: SELECT PROFILE#, NAME FROM SYS.PROFNAME$; To obtain a list of users assigned a given profile (TEMPORARY_USERS, in this example): SELECT USERNAME, PROFILE FROM SYS.DBA_USERS WHERE PROFILE = 'TEMPORARY_USERS' ORDER BY USERNAME; To obtain a list of users that have NOT been assigned the DEFAULT (the resulting list of profiles can be quickly scanned for any profile like TEMPORARY, in this example): SELECT USERNAME, PROFILE FROM SYS.DBA_USERS WHERE PROFILE <> 'DEFAULT' ORDER BY PROFILE; If no profile for temporary accounts can be identified, this is not a finding. Fix Text: Use a profile with a distinctive name (for example, TEMPORARY_USERS), so that temporary users can be easily identified. Whenever a temporary user account is created, assign it to this profile. Set values in the profile as needed for temporary users - see below for further information. The values here are examples; set them to values appropriate to the situation: CREATE PROFILE TEMPORARY_USERS LIMIT SESSIONS_PER_USER <limit> CPU_PER_SESSION <limit> CPU_PER_CALL <limit> CONNECT_TIME <limit> LOGICAL_READS_PER_SESSION <limit> LOGICAL_READS_PER_CALL <limit> PRIVATE_SGA <limit> COMPOSITE_LIMIT <limit> FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS 3 PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME 7 PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME 60 PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX 5 PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION <verify_function> PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME UNLIMITED PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME 3; CREATE USER TEMP001 IDENTIFIED BY PassWord#TEMP01 PROFILE TEMPORARY_USERS; Resource Parameters: SESSIONS_PER_USER - Specify the number of concurrent sessions to which you want to limit the user. CPU_PER_SESSION - Specify the CPU time limit for a session, expressed in hundredths of seconds. CPU_PER_CALL - Specify the CPU time limit for a call (a parse, execute, or fetch), expressed in hundredths of seconds. CONNECT_TIME - Specify the total elapsed time limit for a session, expressed in minutes. IDLE_TIME - Specify the permitted periods of continuous inactive time during a session, expressed in minutes. Long-running queries and other operations are not subject to this limit. LOGICAL_READS_PER_SESSION - Specify the permitted number of data blocks read in a session, including blocks read from memory and disk. LOGICAL_READS_PER_CALL - Specify the permitted number of data blocks read for a call to process a SQL statement (a parse, execute, or fetch). PRIVATE_SGA - Specify the amount of private space a session can allocate in the shared pool of the system global area (SGA). Refer to size_clause for information on that clause. COMPOSITE_LIMIT - See Oracle documentation for more details. Password Parameters: Use the following clauses to set password parameters. Parameters that set lengths of time are interpreted in number of days. For testing purposes you can specify minutes (n/1440) or even seconds (n/86400). FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS - Specify the number of failed attempts to log in to the user account before the account is locked. PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME - Specify the number of days the same password can be used for authentication. If you also set a value for PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME, then the password expires if it is not changed within the grace period, and further connections are rejected. If you omit this clause, then the default is 180 days. PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME and PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX - These two parameters must be set in conjunction with each other. PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME specifies the number of days before which a password cannot be reused. PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX specifies the number of password changes required before the current password can be reused. For these parameters to have any effect, you must specify an integer for both of them. If you specify an integer for both of these parameters, then the user cannot reuse a password until the password has been changed the number of times specified for PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX during the number of days specified for PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME. For example, if you specify PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME to 30 and PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX to 10, then the user can reuse the password after 30 days if the password has already been changed 10 times. If you specify an integer for either of these parameters and specify UNLIMITED for the other, then the user can never reuse a password. If you specify DEFAULT for either parameter, then Oracle Database uses the value defined in the DEFAULT profile. By default, all parameters are set to UNLIMITED in the DEFAULT profile. If you have not changed the default setting of UNLIMITED in the DEFAULT profile, then the database treats the value for that parameter as UNLIMITED. If you set both of these parameters to UNLIMITED, then the database ignores both of them. This is the default if you omit both parameters. PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME - Specify the number of days an account will be locked after the specified number of consecutive failed logon attempts. If you omit this clause, then the default is 1 day. PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME - Specify the number of days after the grace period begins during which a warning is issued and logon is allowed. If you omit this clause, then the default is 7 days. PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION - lets a PL/SQL password complexity verification script be passed as an argument to the CREATE PROFILE statement. Oracle Database provides a default script, but you can create your own routine or use third-party software instead.
Fix: F-57169r6_fix
Use a profile with a distinctive name (for example, TEMPORARY_USERS), so that temporary users can be easily identified. Whenever a temporary user account is created, assign it to this profile. Set values in the profile as needed for temporary users - see below for further information. The values here are examples; set them to values appropriate to the situation: CREATE PROFILE TEMPORARY_USERS LIMIT SESSIONS_PER_USER <limit> CPU_PER_SESSION <limit> CPU_PER_CALL <limit> CONNECT_TIME <limit> LOGICAL_READS_PER_SESSION <limit> LOGICAL_READS_PER_CALL <limit> PRIVATE_SGA <limit> COMPOSITE_LIMIT <limit> FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS 3 PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME 7 PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME 60 PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX 5 PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION <verify_function> PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME UNLIMITED PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME 3; CREATE USER TEMP001 IDENTIFIED BY PassWord#TEMP01 PROFILE TEMPORARY_USERS; Resource Parameters: SESSIONS_PER_USER - Specify the number of concurrent sessions to which you want to limit the user. CPU_PER_SESSION - Specify the CPU time limit for a session, expressed in hundredths of seconds. CPU_PER_CALL - Specify the CPU time limit for a call (a parse, execute, or fetch), expressed in hundredths of seconds. CONNECT_TIME - Specify the total elapsed time limit for a session, expressed in minutes. IDLE_TIME - Specify the permitted periods of continuous inactive time during a session, expressed in minutes. Long-running queries and other operations are not subject to this limit. LOGICAL_READS_PER_SESSION - Specify the permitted number of data blocks read in a session, including blocks read from memory and disk. LOGICAL_READS_PER_CALL - Specify the permitted number of data blocks read for a call to process a SQL statement (a parse, execute, or fetch). PRIVATE_SGA - Specify the amount of private space a session can allocate in the shared pool of the system global area (SGA). Refer to size_clause for information on that clause. COMPOSITE_LIMIT - See Oracle documentation for more details. Password Parameters: Use the following clauses to set password parameters. Parameters that set lengths of time are interpreted in number of days. For testing purposes you can specify minutes (n/1440) or even seconds (n/86400). FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS - Specify the number of failed attempts to log in to the user account before the account is locked. PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME - Specify the number of days the same password can be used for authentication. If you also set a value for PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME, then the password expires if it is not changed within the grace period, and further connections are rejected. If you omit this clause, then the default is 180 days. PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME and PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX - These two parameters must be set in conjunction with each other. PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME specifies the number of days before which a password cannot be reused. PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX specifies the number of password changes required before the current password can be reused. For these parameters to have any effect, you must specify an integer for both of them. If you specify an integer for both of these parameters, then the user cannot reuse a password until the password has been changed the number of times specified for PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX during the number of days specified for PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME. For example, if you specify PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME to 30 and PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX to 10, then the user can reuse the password after 30 days if the password has already been changed 10 times. If you specify an integer for either of these parameters and specify UNLIMITED for the other, then the user can never reuse a password. If you specify DEFAULT for either parameter, then Oracle Database uses the value defined in the DEFAULT profile. By default, all parameters are set to UNLIMITED in the DEFAULT profile. If you have not changed the default setting of UNLIMITED in the DEFAULT profile, then the database treats the value for that parameter as UNLIMITED. If you set both of these parameters to UNLIMITED, then the database ignores both of them. This is the default if you omit both parameters. PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME - Specify the number of days an account will be locked after the specified number of consecutive failed logon attempts. If you omit this clause, then the default is 1 day. PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME - Specify the number of days after the grace period begins during which a warning is issued and logon is allowed. If you omit this clause, then the default is 7 days. PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION - lets a PL/SQL password complexity verification script be passed as an argument to the CREATE PROFILE statement. Oracle Database provides a default script, but you can create your own routine or use third-party software instead.
- RMF Control
- AC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000016
- Version
- O112-C2-002000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52353
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66569r3_rule
Checks: C-54393r3_chk
If the organization has a policy, consistently enforced, forbidding the creation of emergency or temporary accounts, this is not a finding. If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, this is not a finding. Check DBMS settings, OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms settings to determine if the site utilizes a mechanism whereby temporary or emergency accounts can be terminated after an organization-defined time period. If not, this is a finding. Check the profiles to see what the password_life_time is set to in the table dba_profiles. The password_life_time is a value stored in the LIMIT column, and identified by the value PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME in the RESOURCE_NAME column. SQL>select profile, resource_name, resource_type, limit from dba_profiles where upper(resource_name) like 'PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME'; Verify that the user in question is assigned to a profile with the PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME set to the amount of time the user is expected to be using the password. If not, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57171r1_fix
If all user accounts are authenticated by the OS or an enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism, and not by Oracle, no fix to the DBMS is required. If using database mechanisms to satisfy this requirement, use a profile with a distinctive name (for example, TEMPORARY_USERS), so that temporary users can be easily identified. Whenever a temporary user account is created, assign it to this profile. Create a job to lock accounts under this profile that are more than n days old, where n is the organization-defined time period.
- RMF Control
- AC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000018
- Version
- O112-C2-002200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52357
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66573r3_rule
Checks: C-54397r4_chk
Check Oracle settings (and also OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms settings) to determine if account creation is being audited. If account creation is not being audited by Oracle, this is a finding. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQL*Plus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT VALUE FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', or returns no rows, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57175r6_fix
Configure Oracle to audit account creation activities. Use this query to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to 'Auditing Database Activity' in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and 'Verifying Security Access with Auditing' in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and '27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT' in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm
- RMF Control
- AC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001403
- Version
- O112-C2-002300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52359
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66575r2_rule
Checks: C-54399r2_chk
Check Oracle settings (and also OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms settings) to determine if account creation is being audited. If account creation is not being audited by Oracle, this is a finding. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQLPlus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding.
Fix: F-57177r6_fix
Configure Oracle to audit account creation activities. Use this query to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to 'Auditing Database Activity' in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and 'Verifying Security Access with Auditing' in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and '27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT' in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm
- RMF Control
- AC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001404
- Version
- O112-C2-002400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52361
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66577r3_rule
Checks: C-54401r2_chk
Check Oracle settings (and also OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms settings) to determine if account disabling actions are being audited. If account disabling actions are not being audited by Oracle, this is a finding. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQLPlus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding.
Fix: F-57179r5_fix
Configure Oracle to audit account disabling actions. Use this query to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to 'Auditing Database Activity' in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and 'Verifying Security Access with Auditing' in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and '27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT' in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm
- RMF Control
- AC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001405
- Version
- O112-C2-002500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52363
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66579r2_rule
Checks: C-54403r2_chk
Check Oracle settings (and also OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanisms settings) to determine if account termination actions are being audited. If account termination actions are not being audited by Oracle, this is a finding. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQLPlus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding.
Fix: F-57181r5_fix
Configure Oracle to audit account termination actions. Use this query to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to 'Auditing Database Activity' in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and 'Verifying Security Access with Auditing' in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and '27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT' in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm
- RMF Control
- AC-3
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000213
- Version
- O112-C2-002700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52365
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66581r1_rule
Checks: C-54405r1_chk
Check DBMS settings to determine whether users are restricted from accessing objects and data they are not authorized to access. If appropriate access controls are not implemented to restrict access to authorized users and to restrict the access of those users to objects and data they are authorized to see, this is a finding. The easiest way to isolate access is by using the Oracle Database Vault. To check to see if the Oracle Database Vault is installed issue the following query: SQL> SELECT * FROM V$OPTION WHERE PARAMETER = 'Oracle Database Vault'; If Oracle Database Vault is installed, review its settings for appropriateness and completeness of the access it permits and denies to each type of user. If appropriate and complete, this is not a finding. If Oracle Database Vault is not installed, review the roles and profiles in the database and the assignment of users to these, for appropriateness and completeness of the access permitted and denied each type of user. If appropriate and complete, this is not a finding. If the access permitted and denied each type of user is inappropriate or incomplete, this is a finding. Following are code examples for reviewing roles, profiles, etc. Find out what role the users have: select * from dba_role_privs where granted_role = '@role' List all roles given to a user: select * from dba_role_privs where grantee = '@username'; Use the following query to list all privileges given to a user: select lpad(' ', 2*level) || granted_role "User roles and privileges" from ( /* THE USERS */ select null grantee, username granted_role from dba_users where username like upper('&enter_username') /* THE ROLES TO ROLES RELATIONS */ union select grantee, granted_role from dba_role_privs /* THE ROLES TO PRIVILEGE RELATIONS */ union select grantee, privilege from dba_sys_privs ) start with grantee is null connect by grantee = prior granted_role; List which tables a certain role gives SELECT access to using the query: select * from role_tab_privs where role='@role' and privilege = 'SELECT'; List all tables a user can SELECT from using the query: select * from dba_tab_privs where GRANTEE ='@username' and privilege = 'SELECT'; List all users who can SELECT on a particular table (either through being given a relevant role or through a direct grant - e.g., grant select on a table to Joe). The result of this query should also show through which role the user has this access or whether it was a direct grant. select Grantee,'Granted Through Role' as Grant_Type, role, table_name from role_tab_privs rtp, dba_role_privs drp where rtp.role = drp.granted_role and table_name = '@TABLENAME' union select Grantee, 'Direct Grant' as Grant_type, null as role, table_name from dba_tab_privs where table_name = '@TABLENAME' ;
Fix: F-57183r1_fix
If Oracle Database Vault is in use, use it to configure the correct access privileges for each type of user. If Oracle Database Vault is not in use, configure the correct access privileges for each type of user using Roles and Profiles.
- RMF Control
- AC-3
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001362
- Version
- O112-C2-003000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52367
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66583r1_rule
Checks: C-54407r1_chk
Check DBMS settings to determine if users are able to assign and revoke rights to the objects and information that they own. If users cannot assign or revoke rights to the objects and information that they own to groups, roles, or individual users, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57185r1_fix
Modify DBMS settings to allow users to assign or revoke access rights to objects and information owned by the user. The ability to grant or revoke rights must include the ability to grant or revoke those rights down to the granularity of a single user. (Note: in most cases no fix will be necessary. This is default functionality for Oracle.)
- RMF Control
- AC-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000037
- Version
- O112-C2-003400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52369
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66585r1_rule
Checks: C-54409r1_chk
Check OS settings to determine whether DBMS processes are running under a dedicated OS account. If the DBMS processes are running under shared accounts, this is a finding. This is done by the default installation. The installation documentation recommends that a user account named ORACLE is created and is identified as the software owner. If you log into the system as the software owner, typically ORACLE, the $ORACLE_HOME environment variable will point to the Oracle software. If you enter the following commands you can see if ORACLE is the software owner: $ cd $ORACLE_HOME $ ls -l (shows the directories - oracle is the owner and oinstall is the group) $drwxr-xr-x. 8 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:08 apex drwxr-xr-x. 8 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:05 assistants drwxr-xr-x. 2 oracle oinstall 12288 Aug 12 09:48 bin drwxr-xr-x. 7 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:09 ccr drwxr-xr-x. 3 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:09 cdata drwx------. 4 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:37 cfgtoollogs drwxr-xr-x. 4 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:08 clone drwxr-xr-x. 2 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:09 config drwxr-xr-x. 6 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:05 crs drwxr-xr-x. 3 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:05 csmig drwxr-xr-x. 6 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:09 css drwxr-xr-x. 10 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:09 ctx drwxr-xr-x. 7 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:05 cv drwxr-xr-x. 2 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 17 23:33 dbs drwxr-xr-x. 2 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:08 dc_ocm drwxr-xr-x. 4 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:11 deinstall drwxr-xr-x. 3 oracle oinstall 4096 Aug 9 08:05 demo $ ps -ef | grep ora_ (shows all of the oracle processes owned by the oracle user) oracle 7914 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:13 ora_pmon_mype02 oracle 7916 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:11 ora_psp0_mype02 oracle 7918 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:09 ora_vktm_mype02 oracle 7922 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:02 ora_gen0_mype02 oracle 7924 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:02 ora_diag_mype02 oracle 7926 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:02 ora_dbrm_mype02 oracle 7928 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:40 ora_dia0_mype02 oracle 7930 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:03 ora_mman_mype02 oracle 7932 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:09 ora_dbw0_mype02 oracle 7934 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:11 ora_lgwr_mype02 oracle 7936 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:17 ora_ckpt_mype02 oracle 7938 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:08 ora_smon_mype02 oracle 7940 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:00 ora_reco_mype02 oracle 7942 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:25 ora_mmon_mype02 oracle 7944 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:41 ora_mmnl_mype02 oracle 7946 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:00 ora_d000_mype02 oracle 7948 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:00 ora_s000_mype02 oracle 7992 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:00 ora_qmnc_mype02 oracle 8029 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:16 ora_cjq0_mype02 oracle 8030 2611 0 09:37 pts/3 00:00:00 bash oracle 8090 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:00 ora_q000_mype02 oracle 8092 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:00 ora_q001_mype02 oracle 8098 1 0 01:02 ? 00:00:02 ora_smco_mype02
Fix: F-57187r1_fix
Create an OS account dedicated to Oracle DBMS processes and allow only Oracle DBMS processes to run under the account.
- RMF Control
- AC-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000037
- Version
- O112-C2-003500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52371
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66587r1_rule
Checks: C-54411r1_chk
Obtain a list of privileges assigned to user accounts. If access to sensitive information is granted to roles not authorized to access sensitive information, this is a finding. If access to sensitive information is granted to individual accounts rather than to a role, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57189r1_fix
Define application user roles based on privilege and job function requirements. Assign the required privileges to the role and assign the role to authorized application user accounts. Revoke any privileges to sensitive information directly assigned to application user accounts.
- RMF Control
- AC-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000037
- Version
- O112-C2-003600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52373
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66589r1_rule
Checks: C-54413r1_chk
Review procedures for providing database connection information to users/user workstations. If procedures do not indicate or implement restrictions to connections required by the particular user, this is a finding. Note: This check is specific for the DBMS host system and not directed at client systems (client systems are included in the Application STIG/Checklist); however, detection of unauthorized client connections to the DBMS host system obtained through log files should be performed regularly and documented where authorized.
Fix: F-57191r1_fix
Implement procedures to supply database connection information to only those databases authorized for the user.
- RMF Control
- AC-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000037
- Version
- O112-C2-003700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52375
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66591r1_rule
Checks: C-54415r1_chk
Check the production system to ensure no developer accounts have rights to modify the production database structure or alter production data. If developer accounts with these rights exist, ask for documentation that shows these accounts have formal approval and risk acceptance. If this documentation does not exist, this is a finding. If developer accounts exist with the right to create and maintain tables (or other database objects) in production tablespaces, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57193r1_fix
Restrict developer privileges to production objects to only objects and data where those privileges are required and authorized. Document the approval and risk acceptance. Consider using separate accounts for a person's developer duties and production duties. At a minimum, use separate roles for developer privileges and production privileges. If developers need the ability to create and maintain tables (or other database objects) as part of their development activities, provide dedicated tablespaces, and revoke any rights that allowed them to use production tablespaces for this purpose.
- RMF Control
- AC-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000037
- Version
- O112-C2-003800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52377
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66593r1_rule
Checks: C-54417r1_chk
Identify whether any hosts contain both development and production databases. If no hosts contain both production and development databases, this is NA. For any host containing both a development and a production database, determine if developers have been granted elevated privileges on the production database or on the OS. If they have, ask for documentation that shows these accounts have formal approval and risk acceptance. If this documentation does not exist, this is a finding. If developer accounts exist with the right to create and maintain tables (or other database objects) in production tablespaces, this is a finding. (Where applicable, to check the number of instances on the host machine, check the /etc/oratab. The /etc/oratab file is updated by the Oracle Installer when the database is installed when the root.sh file is executed. Each line in the represents an ORACLE_SID:ORACLE_HOME:Y or N. The ORACLE_SID and ORACLE_HOME are self-explanatory. The Y or N signals the DBSTART program to automatically start or not start that specific instance when the machine is restarted. Check with the system owner and application development team to see what each entry represents. If a system is deemed to be a production system review the system for development users.)
Fix: F-57195r1_fix
Restrict developer privileges to production objects to only objects and data where those privileges are required and authorized. Document the approval and risk acceptance. Consider using separate accounts for a person's developer duties and production duties. At a minimum, use separate roles for developer privileges and production privileges. If developers need the ability to create and maintain tables (or other database objects) as part of their development activities, provide dedicated tablespaces, and revoke any rights that allowed them to use production tablespaces for this purpose.
- RMF Control
- AC-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000037
- Version
- O112-C2-003900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52379
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66595r3_rule
Checks: C-54419r4_chk
Review user privileges to system tables and configuration data stored in the Oracle database. If non-DBA users are assigned privileges to access system tables and tables containing configuration data, this is a finding. To obtain a list of users and roles that have been granted access to any dictionary table, run the query: SELECT unique grantee from dba_tab_privs where table_name in (select table_name from dictionary) order by grantee; To obtain a list of dictionary tables and assigned privileges granted to a specific user or role, run the query: SELECT grantee, table_name, privilege from dba_tab_privs where table_name in (select table_name from dictionary) and grantee = '<applicable account>';
Fix: F-57199r2_fix
Restrict accessibility of Oracle system tables and other configuration information or metadata to DBAs or other authorized users.
- RMF Control
- AC-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000037
- Version
- O112-C2-004000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52383
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66599r2_rule
Checks: C-54421r3_chk
Review accounts for direct assignment of administrative privilege. Connected as SYSDBA, run the query: SELECT grantee, privilege FROM dba_sys_privs WHERE grantee IN ( SELECT username FROM dba_users WHERE username NOT IN ( 'XDB', 'SYSTEM', 'SYS', 'LBACSYS', 'DVSYS', 'DVF', 'SYSMAN_RO', 'SYSMAN_BIPLATFORM', 'SYSMAN_MDS', 'SYSMAN_OPSS', 'SYSMAN_STB', 'DBSNMP', 'SYSMAN', 'APEX_040200', 'WMSYS', 'SYSDG', 'SYSBACKUP', 'SPATIAL_WFS_ADMIN_USR', 'SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_US', 'GSMCATUSER', 'OLAPSYS', 'SI_INFORMTN_SCHEMA', 'OUTLN', 'ORDSYS', 'ORDDATA', 'OJVMSYS', 'ORACLE_OCM', 'MDSYS', 'ORDPLUGINS', 'GSMADMIN_INTERNAL', 'MDDATA', 'FLOWS_FILES', 'DIP', 'CTXSYS', 'AUDSYS', 'APPQOSSYS', 'APEX_PUBLIC_USER', 'ANONYMOUS', 'SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_USR', 'SYSKM', 'SYSMAN_TYPES', 'MGMT_VIEW', 'EUS_ENGINE_USER', 'EXFSYS', 'SYSMAN_APM' ) ) AND privilege NOT IN ('UNLIMITED TABLESPACE') ORDER BY 1, 2; If any administrative privileges have been assigned directly to a database account, this is a finding. (The list of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement may not be complete. It is expected that the DBA will edit the list to suit local circumstances, adding other special accounts as necessary, and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review.)
Fix: F-57203r1_fix
Create roles for administrative function assignments. Assign the necessary privileges for the administrative functions to a role.
- RMF Control
- AC-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000040
- Version
- O112-C2-004100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52387
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66603r2_rule
Checks: C-54423r3_chk
Review permissions for objects owned by DBA or other administrative accounts. If any objects owned by administrative accounts can be accessed by non-DBA/non-administrative users, either directly or indirectly, this is a finding. Verify DBAs have separate administrative accounts. If DBAs do not have a separate account for database administration purposes, this is a finding. To list all objects owned by an administrative account that have had access granted to another account, run the query: SELECT grantee, table_name, grantor, privilege from dba_tab_privs where owner= '<applicable account>';
Fix: F-57205r1_fix
Revoke DBA privileges, and privileges to administer DBA-owned objects, from non-DBA accounts. Provide separate accounts to DBA for database administration.
- RMF Control
- AC-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000040
- Version
- O112-C2-004200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52389
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66605r2_rule
Checks: C-54425r2_chk
Review auditing configuration. If it is possible for a privileged user/role to access non-security functions or information, without having the action recorded in the audit log, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57211r2_fix
Configure DBMS auditing so that all use of privileged accounts is recorded in the audit log.
- RMF Control
- AC-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000040
- Version
- O112-C2-004300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52393
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66609r2_rule
Checks: C-54427r3_chk
Review access permissions for objects owned by application owners or other non-administrative users. If DBA or administrative accounts have unauthorized application roles or permissions beyond those needed for administration, this is a finding. To obtain a list of privileges assigned to the DBMS user accounts, run the query: SELECT * from dba_sys_privs where grantee='DBA' order by privilege; To check to see what roles are assigned to a user, run the query: SELECT * from dba_role_privs where grantee = '<applicable account>'; To check to see what privileges are assigned to a role, run the query: SELECT * from role_sys_privs; To show privileges by object, run the query: SELECT table_name, grantee, MAX(DECODE(privilege, 'SELECT', 'SELECT')) AS select_priv, MAX(DECODE(privilege, 'DELETE', 'DELETE')) AS delete_priv, MAX(DECODE(privilege, 'UPDATE', 'UPDATE')) AS update_priv, MAX(DECODE(privilege, 'INSERT', 'INSERT')) AS insert_priv FROM dba_tab_privs WHERE grantee IN (SELECT role FROM dba_roles) GROUP BY table_name, grantee ORDER BY table_name, grantee; This query will list the system privileges assigned to a specific user: SELECT LPAD(' ', 2*level) || granted_role "USER PRIVS" FROM ( SELECT NULL grantee, username granted_role FROM dba_users WHERE username LIKE UPPER('%&uname%') UNION SELECT grantee, granted_role FROM dba_role_privs UNION SELECT grantee, privilege FROM dba_sys_privs ) START WITH grantee IS NULL CONNECT BY grantee = prior granted_role; To list all administrative privileges granted to users via roles, run the query: SELECT username, rp.granted_role, privilege FROM dba_users u, dba_role_privs rp, dba_sys_privs sp WHERE username = rp.grantee AND rp.granted_role = sp.grantee AND privilege NOT IN ( 'CREATE SEQUENCE', 'CREATE TRIGGER', 'SET CONTAINER', 'CREATE CLUSTER', 'CREATE PROCEDURE', 'CREATE TYPE', 'CREATE SESSION', 'CREATE OPERATOR', 'CREATE TABLE', 'CREATE INDEXTYPE' ) AND username NOT IN ( 'XDB', 'SYSTEM', 'SYS', 'LBACSYS', 'DVSYS', 'DVF', 'SYSMAN_RO', 'SYSMAN_BIPLATFORM', 'SYSMAN_MDS', 'SYSMAN_OPSS', 'SYSMAN_STB', 'DBSNMP', 'SYSMAN', 'APEX_040200', 'WMSYS', 'SYSDG', 'SYSBACKUP', 'SPATIAL_WFS_ADMIN_USR', 'SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_US','GSMCATUSER', 'OLAPSYS', 'SI_INFORMTN_SCHEMA', 'OUTLN', 'ORDSYS', 'ORDDATA', 'OJVMSYS', 'ORACLE_OCM', 'MDSYS', 'ORDPLUGINS', 'GSMADMIN_INTERNAL', 'MDDATA', 'FLOWS_FILES', 'DIP', 'CTXSYS', 'AUDSYS', 'APPQOSSYS', 'APEX_PUBLIC_USER', 'ANONYMOUS', 'SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_USR', 'SYSKM', 'SYSMAN_TYPES', 'MGMT_VIEW', 'EUS_ENGINE_USER', 'EXFSYS', 'SYSMAN_APM','IX','OWBSYS' ) ORDER by 1, 2, 3; (The list of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement may not be complete. It is expected that the DBA will edit the list to suit local circumstances, adding other special accounts as necessary, and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review. Similarly, the list of privileges excluded from the list may be modified according to circumstances.) Data Dictionary Objects Related To System Privileges: all_sys_privs session_privs user_sys_privs dba_sys_privs system_privilege_map
Fix: F-57213r1_fix
Remove permissions from DBAs and other administrative users beyond those required for administrative functions.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- H
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-N1-015601
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52395
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66611r2_rule
Checks: C-54429r1_chk
Interview the DBA to determine if any applications that access the database allow for entry of the account name and password on the command line. If any do, determine whether these applications obfuscate authentication data. If they do not, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57215r1_fix
Configure or modify applications to prohibit display of passwords in clear text on the command line.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- H
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-N1-015602
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52397
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66613r3_rule
Checks: C-54431r2_chk
For Oracle SQL*Plus, which cannot be configured not to accept a plain-text password, and any other essential tool with the same limitation, verify that the system documentation explains the need for the tool, who uses it, and any relevant mitigations; and that AO approval has been obtained. If not, this is a finding. Request evidence that all users of the tool are trained in the importance of not using the plain-text password option, and in how to keep the password hidden; and that they adhere to this practice. If not, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57219r6_fix
For Oracle SQL*Plus, which cannot be configured not to accept a plain-text password, and any other essential tool with the same limitation: 1) Document the need for it, who uses it, and any relevant mitigations, and obtain AO approval. 2) Train all users of the tool in the importance of not using the plain-text password option, and in how to keep the password hidden. - - - - - Consider wrapping the startup command with a shell or wrapper and using an Oracle external password store. Oracle provides the capability to provide for a secure external password facility. Use the Oracle mkstore to create a secure storage area for passwords for applications, batch jobs and scripts to use or deploy a site-authorized facility to perform this function. Check to see what has been stored in the Oracle External Password Store. To view all contents of a client wallet external password store, check specific credentials by viewing them. Listing the external password store contents provides information you can use to decide whether to add or delete credentials from the store. To list the contents of the external password store, enter the following command at the command line: $ mkstore -wrl wallet_location -listCredential For example: $ mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\11.2.0\db_1\wallets -listCredential The wallet_location specifies the path to the directory where the wallet, whose external password store contents you want to view, is located. This command lists all of the credential database service names (aliases) and the corresponding user name (schema) for that database. Passwords are not listed. Configuring Clients to Use the External Password Store: If your client is already configured to use external authentication, such as Windows native authentication or Transport Layer Security (TLS), then Oracle Database uses that authentication method. The same credentials used for this type of authentication are typically also used to log in to the database. For clients not using such authentication methods or wanting to override them for database authentication, you can set the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameter in sqlnet.ora to TRUE. The default value for SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE is FALSE, allowing standard use of authentication credentials as before. If you want a client to use the secure external password store feature, then perform the following configuration task: 1. Create a wallet on the client by using the following syntax at the command line: mkstore -wrl wallet_location -create For example: mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\12.1.0\db_1\wallets -create Enter password: password The wallet_location is the path to the directory where you want to create and store the wallet. This command creates an Oracle wallet with the autologin feature enabled at the location you specify. The autologin feature enables the client to access the wallet contents without supplying a password. The mkstore utility -create option uses password complexity verification. 2. Create database connection credentials in the wallet by using the following syntax at the command line: mkstore -wrl wallet_location -createCredential db_connect_string username Enter password: password For example: mkstore -wrl c:\oracle\product\11.2.0\db_1\wallets -createCredential oracle system Enter password: password In this specification: The wallet_location is the path to the directory where you created the wallet. The db_connect_string used in the CONNECT /@db_connect_string statement must be identical to the db_connect_string specified in the -createCredential command. The db_connect_string is the TNS alias you use to specify the database in the tnsnames.ora file or any service name you use to identify the database on an Oracle network. By default, tnsnames.ora is located in the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory on UNIX systems and in ORACLE_HOME\network\admin on Windows. The username is the database logon credential. When prompted, enter the password for this user. 3. In the client sqlnet.ora file, enter the WALLET_LOCATION parameter and set it to the directory location of the wallet you created in Step 1. For example, if you created the wallet in $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin and your Oracle home is set to /private/ora11, then you need to enter the following into your client sqlnet.ora file: WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /private/ora11/network/admin) ) ) 4. In the client sqlnet.ora file, enter the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameter and set it to TRUE as follows: SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE = TRUE This setting causes all CONNECT /@db_connect_string statements to use the information in the wallet at the specified location to authenticate to databases. When external authentication is in use, an authenticated user with such a wallet can use the CONNECT /@db_connect_string syntax to access the previously specified databases without providing a user name and password. However, if a user fails that external authentication, then these connect statements also fail. Below is a sample sqlnet.ora file with the WALLET_LOCATION and the SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE parameters set as described in Steps 3 and 4. Below is a sample SQLNET.ORA File with Wallet Parameters set: WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /private/ora12/network/admin) ) ) SQLNET.WALLET_OVERRIDE = TRUE SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION = FALSE SSL_VERSION =1.0 (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.)
- RMF Control
- AC-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000040
- Version
- O112-C2-004400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52399
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66615r2_rule
Checks: C-54433r3_chk
Determine which OS accounts are used by the DBMS to run external procedures. Validate that these OS accounts have only the privileges necessary to perform the required functionality. If any OS accounts, utilized by the database for running external procedures, have privileges beyond those required for running the external procedures, this is a finding. System views providing privilege information are: DBA_SYS_PRIVS DBA_TAB_PRIVS DBA_ROLE_PRIVS
Fix: F-57221r1_fix
Limit privileges to DBMS-related OS accounts to those required to perform their DBMS specific functionality.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-N2-004701
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52405
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66621r1_rule
Checks: C-54435r1_chk
Review the use of the essential system accounts with the DBA(s). Request evidence that administrators have individual administrative accounts, and that they use these rather than SYS, SYSTEM, SYSMAN, etc., in carrying out their duties. If the evidence indicates otherwise, this is a finding. Review the status of the essential system accounts, in the view DBA_USERS. If any of these accounts is not locked, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57223r1_fix
Ensure that all individuals with DBA responsibilities always log in under their individual administrative accounts. Ensure that the passwords for essential system accounts such as SYS are available only to authorized administrators, and tightly guarded to avoid misuse. Ensure that these accounts are kept locked except when it is specifically necessary to use them.
- RMF Control
- AC-7
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-002236
- Version
- O112-C2-004900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52407
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66623r3_rule
Checks: C-54437r2_chk
The account lockout duration is defined in the profile assigned to a user. To see what profile is assigned to a user, enter the query: SELECT profile FROM dba_users WHERE username = '&USERNAME' This will return the profile name assigned to that user. Now check the values assigned to the profile returned from the query above: SELECT PROFILE, RESOURCE_NAME, LIMIT FROM DBA_PROFILES WHERE PROFILE LIKE '&PROFILE_NAME' Check the settings for password_lock_time - this specifies how long to lock the account after the number of consecutive failed logon attempts reaches the limit. If the value is not UNLIMITED, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57225r2_fix
Configure the DBMS settings to specify indefinite lockout duration: ALTER PROFILE '&PROFILE_NAME' LIMIT PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME UNLIMITED;
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-N2-008601
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52409
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66625r1_rule
Checks: C-54439r1_chk
Interview the database administrator: review the procedures, manual and/or automated, for monitoring the space used by audit trail(s), and for offloading audit records to a centralized log management system. If the procedures do not exist, this is a finding. If the procedures exist, request evidence that they are followed. If the evidence indicates that the procedures are not followed, this is a finding. If the procedures exist, inquire if the system has ever run out of audit trail space in the last two years or since the last system upgrade, whichever is more recent. If it has run out of space in this period, and the procedures have not been updated to compensate, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57227r1_fix
Institute procedures, manual and/or automated, for monitoring the space used by audit trail(s), and for offloading audit records to a centralized log management system.
- RMF Control
- AC-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000040
- Version
- O112-OS-004600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52425
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66641r2_rule
Checks: C-54453r4_chk
Review system documentation to identify the installation account. Verify whether the account is used for anything involving interactive activity beyond DBMS software installation, upgrade, and maintenance actions. If the account is used for anything involving interactive activity beyond DBMS software installation, upgrade, and maintenance actions, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57243r5_fix
Restrict interactive use of the DBMS software installation account to DBMS software installation, upgrade, and maintenance actions only. If possible, disable the installation accounts when authorized actions are not being performed. Otherwise, disable the use of the account(s) for interactive activity.
- RMF Control
- CM-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001499
- Version
- O112-OS-010700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52427
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66643r2_rule
Checks: C-54455r3_chk
Review monitoring procedures and implementation evidence to verify that monitoring of changes to database software libraries, related applications, and configuration files is done. Verify that the list of files and directories being monitored is complete. If monitoring does not occur or is not complete, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57245r2_fix
Implement procedures to monitor for unauthorized changes to DBMS software libraries, related software application libraries, and configuration files. If a third-party automated tool is not employed, an automated job that reports file information on the directories and files of interest and compares them to the baseline report for the same will meet the requirement. File hashes or checksums should be used for comparisons since file dates may be manipulated by malicious users.
- RMF Control
- CM-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001499
- Version
- O112-OS-011200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52429
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66645r1_rule
Checks: C-54457r1_chk
Review permissions that control access to the DBMS software libraries. The software library location may be determined from vendor documentation or service/process executable paths. DBA accounts, the DBMS process account, the DBMS software installation/maintenance account, SA accounts, if access by them is required for some operational level of support such as backups, and the host system itself require access. Any others should be scrutinized and a reason for access provided by the DBA. If accounts that are not required and authorized to have access to the software library location do have access, this is a finding. Check to see which users have been granted DBA. Work from a basis of least privilege. Provide the least amount of privilege required to accomplish the job. SQL> select * from dba_role_privs where granted_role = 'DBA';
Fix: F-57247r1_fix
Restrict access to the DBMS software libraries to accounts that require access based on job function.
- RMF Control
- AC-7
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000044
- Version
- O112-C2-005000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52431
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66647r2_rule
Checks: C-54461r3_chk
(This addresses both O112-C2-005000 and O112-C2-005200.) The limit on the number of consecutive failed logon attempts is defined in the profile assigned to a user. To see what profile is assigned to a user, enter the following query: SQL>SELECT profile FROM dba_users WHERE username = '&USERNAME' This will return the profile name assigned to that user. Now check the values assigned to the profile returned from the query above: SQL>SELECT PROFILE, RESOURCE_NAME, LIMIT FROM DBA_PROFILES WHERE PROFILE LIKE '&PROFILE_NAME' Check the settings for failed_login_attempts - this is the number of consecutive failed login attempts before locking the Oracle user account. If the value is greater than 3, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57251r2_fix
(This addresses both O112-C2-005000 and O112-C2-005200.) Configure the DBMS settings to specify the maximum number of consecutive failed login attempts to 3 (or less): ALTER PROFILE '&PROFILE_NAME' LIMIT FAILED_LOGON_ATTEMPTS 3;
- RMF Control
- AU-3
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000136
- Version
- O112-P2-008100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52433
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66649r1_rule
Checks: C-54459r1_chk
If the organization does not require the use of a centralized audit log repository, this is not a finding. If the organization requires the use of a centralized audit log repository, continue. Check that Oracle PL/SQL code or other software is in place to copy or transfer the specified audit record content to a centralized audit log repository. If it is not, this is a finding. Check that permissions are set on the Oracle audit trail tables and on the target repository, to enable the required transfer of audit data. If they are not, this is a finding. Verify that the specified audit record content is indeed copied or transferred to the central repository. If it is not, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57249r1_fix
If the organization requires the use of a centralized audit log repository, employ PL/SQL code or other software to copy or transfer the specified audit record content to the repository. Ensure that permissions are set to enable transfer of the data. If, after the preceding steps, the transfer is not succeeding, diagnose and repair the problem. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and "Verifying Security Access with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and "27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm
- RMF Control
- AC-7
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000047
- Version
- O112-C2-005200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52435
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66651r2_rule
Checks: C-54463r2_chk
(This addresses both O112-C2-005000 and O112-C2-005200.) The limit on the number of consecutive failed logon attempts is defined in the profile assigned to a user. To see what profile is assigned to a user, enter the following query: SQL>SELECT profile FROM dba_users WHERE username = '&USERNAME' This will return the profile name assigned to that user. Now check the values assigned to the profile returned from the query above: SQL>SELECT PROFILE, RESOURCE_NAME, LIMIT FROM DBA_PROFILES WHERE PROFILE LIKE '&PROFILE_NAME' Check the settings for failed_login_attempts - this is the number of consecutive failed login attempts before locking the Oracle user account. If the value is greater than 3, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57253r2_fix
(This addresses both O112-C2-005000 and O112-C2-005200.) Configure the DBMS settings to specify the maximum number of consecutive failed login attempts to 3 (or less): ALTER PROFILE '&PROFILE_NAME' LIMIT FAILED_LOGON_ATTEMPTS 3;
- RMF Control
- CM-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001499
- Version
- O112-P2-010800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52437
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66653r1_rule
Checks: C-54465r1_chk
Review procedures for controlling and granting access to use of the DBMS software installation account. If access or use of this account is not restricted to the minimum number of personnel required, or if unauthorized access to the account has been granted, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57255r1_fix
Develop, document, and implement procedures to restrict use of the DBMS software installation account.
- RMF Control
- CM-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001499
- Version
- O112-P2-010900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52441
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66657r1_rule
Checks: C-54469r1_chk
Review the DBMS software library directory and note other root directories located on the same disk directory or any subdirectories. If any non-DBMS software directories exist on the disk directory, examine or investigate their use. If any of the directories are used by other applications, including third-party applications that use the DBMS, this is a finding. Only applications that are required for the functioning and administration, not use, of the DBMS should be located on the same disk directory as the DBMS software libraries. For databases located on mainframes, confirm that the database and its configuration files are isolated in their own DASD pools. If database software and database configuration files share DASD with other applications, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57259r1_fix
Install all applications on directories, or pools, separate from the DBMS software library directory. Re-locate any directories or re-install other application software that currently shares the DBMS software library directory to separate directories. For mainframe-based databases, locate database software and configuration files in separate DASD pools from other mainframe applications.
- RMF Control
- CP-9
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000537
- Version
- O112-P2-012700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52445
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66661r1_rule
Checks: C-54473r1_chk
Review evidence of inclusion of the DBMS libraries in current backup records. If any DBMS library files are not included in regular backups, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57263r1_fix
Configure backups to include all DBMS application and third-party database application software libraries.
- RMF Control
- AU-4
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000138
- Version
- O112-C2-005600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52447
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66663r1_rule
Checks: C-54475r1_chk
Review the DBMS settings to determine whether audit logging is configured to produce logs consistent with the amount of space allocated for logging. If auditing will generate excessive logs so that they may outgrow the space reserved for logging, this is a finding. Oracle Auditing does not write to a log file. The audit logs are written to a table called AUD$, and if a Virtual Private Database is deployed, we also create a table called FGA_LOG$. First check the current location of the audit trail tables. CONN / AS SYSDBA SELECT table_name, tablespace_name FROM dba_tables WHERE table_name IN ('AUD$', 'FGA_LOG$') ORDER BY table_name; TABLE_NAME TABLESPACE_NAME ------------------------------ ------------------------------ AUD$ SYSTEM FGA_LOG$ SYSTEM If the tablespace name is SYSTEM, the table needs to be relocated to its own tablespace.
Fix: F-57265r1_fix
Ensure that the audit logging tables are in their own tablespaces, and that the tablespaces have enough room for the volume of log data that will be produced.
- RMF Control
- AU-4
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000137
- Version
- O112-C2-005700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52449
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66665r1_rule
Checks: C-54477r1_chk
Review the DBMS settings to determine whether audit logging is configured to produce logs consistent with the amount of space allocated for logging. If auditing will generate excessive logs so that they may outgrow the space reserved for logging, this is a finding. Oracle Auditing does not write to a log file. The audit logs are written to a table called AUD$, and if a Virtual Private Database is deployed, we also create a table called FGA_LOG$. First check the current location of the audit trail tables. CONN / AS SYSDBA SELECT table_name, tablespace_name FROM dba_tables WHERE table_name IN ('AUD$', 'FGA_LOG$') ORDER BY table_name; TABLE_NAME TABLESPACE_NAME ------------------------------ ------------------------------ AUD$ SYSTEM FGA_LOG$ SYSTEM If the tablespace name is SYSTEM, the table needs to be relocated to its own tablespace.
Fix: F-57267r1_fix
Ensure that the audit logging tables are in their own tablespaces, and that the tablespaces have enough room for the volume of log data that will be produced.
- RMF Control
- IA-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000764
- Version
- O112-P2-012800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52451
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66667r1_rule
Checks: C-54479r1_chk
Review DBMS settings, OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism settings, and site practices, to determine whether organizational users are uniquely identified and authenticated when logging onto the system. If organizational users are not uniquely identified and authenticated, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57269r1_fix
Configure DBMS, OS and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism to uniquely identify and authenticate all organizational users who log onto the system. Ensure that each user has a separate account from all other users. (This is the default behavior of Oracle.)
- RMF Control
- AC-3
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001693
- Version
- O112-C2-006600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52453
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66669r1_rule
Checks: C-54481r1_chk
Verify the DBMS has the ability to grant permissions without the grantee receiving the right to grant those same permissions to another user. Review organization policies regarding access propagation. If an access propagation policy limiting the propagation of rights does not exist, this is a finding. Review DBMS configuration to verify access propagation policies are enforced by the DBMS as configured. If the DBMS does not enforce the access propagation policy, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57271r1_fix
Create and document an access propagation policy that limits the propagation of rights. Configure the DBMS to enforce the access propagation policy. When a user is granted access to an object they have access to the object. When a used is granted access to an object with the ADMIN option, then they can provide permissions to others. Without the ADMIN option, a user cannot grant access to an object. No configuration is required.
- RMF Control
- IA-8
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000804
- Version
- O112-P2-015800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52455
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66671r1_rule
Checks: C-54483r1_chk
Review DBMS settings to determine whether non-organizational users are uniquely identified and authenticated when logging onto the system. If non-organizational users are not uniquely identified and authenticated, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57273r1_fix
Configure DBMS settings to uniquely identify and authenticate all non-organizational users who log onto the system.
- RMF Control
- AC-3
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001694
- Version
- O112-C2-006700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52457
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66673r1_rule
Checks: C-54485r1_chk
Check DBMS settings and documentation to determine if users are able to assign and revoke rights to the objects and information they own. If users cannot assign or revoke rights to the objects and information they own to the granularity of a single user, this is a finding. (This is default Oracle behavior.)
Fix: F-57275r1_fix
Modify DBMS settings to allow users to assign or revoke access rights to objects and information owned by the user. The ability to grant or revoke rights must include the ability to grant or revoke those rights down to the granularity of a single user. (This is default Oracle behavior.)
- RMF Control
- SC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001082
- Version
- O112-P2-017300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52459
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66675r1_rule
Checks: C-54487r1_chk
Check DBMS settings and vendor documentation to verify administrative functionality is separate from user functionality. If administrator and general user functionality is not separated either physically or logically, this is a finding.
Fix: F-58093r1_fix
Configure DBMS settings to separate database administration and general user functionality. Provide those who have both administrative and general-user responsibilities with separate accounts for these separate functions.
- RMF Control
- SC-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001083
- Version
- O112-P2-017400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52461
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66677r1_rule
Checks: C-54491r1_chk
Check DBMS settings and vendor documentation to verify administrative functionality is separate from user functionality. If administrator and general user functionality is not separated either physically or logically, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57277r1_fix
Configure DBMS settings to separate database administration and general user functionality. Provide those who have both administrative and general-user responsibilities with separate accounts for these separate functions.
- RMF Control
- AU-12
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000169
- Version
- O112-C2-006800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52463
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66679r2_rule
Checks: C-54495r2_chk
Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQLPlus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing information on the required events, review the contents of the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If auditable events are not listed, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57281r3_fix
Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit organization-defined auditable events. If preferred, use a third-party tool. The tool must provide the minimum capability to audit the required events. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. Use this query to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and "Verifying Security Access with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and "27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm If the organization-defined audit requirements are not covered by the default audit options, deploy and configure Fine-Grained Auditing. For details, refer to Oracle documentation, at the locations above.
- RMF Control
- AU-10
- Severity
- L
- CCI
- CCI-000166
- Version
- O112-P3-006200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52465
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66681r3_rule
Checks: C-54493r2_chk
If there are no group accounts available to more than one user, this is not a finding. If a group account is used by an application to interact with the database, review the System Security Plan, the tables in the database, and the application source code/documentation to determine whether the application captures the individual user's identity and stores that identity along with all data inserted and updated (also with all records of reads and/or deletions, if these are required to be logged). If there are gaps in the application's ability to do this, and the gaps and the risk are not defined in the system documentation and accepted by the AO, this is a finding. If users are sharing a group account to log on to Oracle tools or third-party products that access the database, this is a finding. To ensure that user activities other than SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE are also monitored and attributed to individuals, verify that Oracle auditing is enabled. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQLPlus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding.
Fix: F-57279r3_fix
Use accounts assigned to individual users where feasible. Configure DBMS to provide individual accountability at the DBMS level, and in audit logs, for actions performed under a shared database account. Modify applications and data tables that are not capturing individual user identity to do so. Create and enforce the use of individual user IDs for logging on to Oracle tools and third-party products. If Oracle (or third-party) auditing is not already enabled, enable it. For Oracle auditing, use this query: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and "Verifying Security Access with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and "27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm If the site-specific audit requirements are not covered by the default audit options, deploy and configure Fine-Grained Auditing. For details, refer to Oracle documentation, at the locations above. If this level of auditing does not meet site-specific requirements, consider deploying the Oracle Audit Vault. The Audit Vault is a highly configurable option from Oracle made specifically for performing the audit functions. It has reporting capabilities as well as user-defined rules that provide additional flexibility for complex auditing requirements.
- RMF Control
- AU-12
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000171
- Version
- O112-C2-006900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52467
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66683r1_rule
Checks: C-54497r1_chk
Check DBMS settings and documentation to determine whether designated personnel are able to select which auditable events are being audited. If designated personnel are not able to configure auditable events, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57283r1_fix
Configure the DBMS's settings to allow designated personnel to select which auditable events are audited. Note the following: In Oracle, any user can configure auditing for the objects in his or her own schema by using the AUDIT statement. To undo the audit configuration for an object, the user can use the NOAUDIT statement. No additional privileges are needed to perform this task. To audit objects in another schema, the user must have the AUDIT ANY system privilege. To audit system privileges, the user must have the AUDIT SYSTEM privilege. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and "Verifying Security Access with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and "27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm
- RMF Control
- AU-12
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000172
- Version
- O112-C2-007000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52469
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66685r3_rule
Checks: C-54499r2_chk
Check DBMS and OS settings to determine if auditing is being performed on the events on the DoD-selected list of auditable events. If auditing is not being performed for any of the events on the DoD-selected list of auditable events, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57285r2_fix
Configure the DBMS's auditing settings to include auditing of events on the DoD-selected list of auditable events. For more information on the configuration of auditing in the DBMS, please refer to "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and "Verifying Security Access with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and "27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm
- RMF Control
- AU-3
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000130
- Version
- O112-C2-007400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52471
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66687r2_rule
Checks: C-54501r2_chk
Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQLPlus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value "NONE", this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish the identity of the user/subject or process, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If no ACTION#, or the wrong value, is returned for the auditable actions just performed, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57287r4_fix
Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit standard and organization-defined auditable events, the audit record to include what type of event occurred. If preferred, use a third-party or custom tool. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. Use this query to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to 'Auditing Database Activity' in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and 'Verifying Security Access with Auditing' in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and '27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT' in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm
- RMF Control
- AU-3
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000131
- Version
- O112-C2-007500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52473
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66689r2_rule
Checks: C-54503r2_chk
Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQLPlus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish when events occurred, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If no timestamp, or the wrong value, is returned for the auditable actions just performed, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57289r3_fix
Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit standard and organization-defined auditable events, the audit record to include the date and time of any user/subject or process associated with the event. If preferred, use a third-party or custom tool. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. Use this query to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and "Verifying Security Access with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and "27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm
- RMF Control
- AU-3
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000132
- Version
- O112-C2-007600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52475
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66691r2_rule
Checks: C-54505r3_chk
Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQLPlus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish where events occurred, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If no DB ID or Object Creator or Object Name, or the wrong values, are returned for the auditable actions just performed, this is a finding. If correct values for User Host and Terminal are not returned when applicable, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57291r3_fix
Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit standard and organization-defined auditable events, the audit record to include where the event occurred. If preferred, use a third-party or custom tool. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. Use this query to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and "Verifying Security Access with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and "27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm
- RMF Control
- AU-3
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000133
- Version
- O112-C2-007700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52477
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66693r2_rule
Checks: C-54507r3_chk
Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQLPlus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish the source of events, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If correct values for User ID, User Host, and Terminal are not returned when applicable, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57293r4_fix
Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit standard and organization-defined auditable events, the audit record to include the source of the event. If preferred, use a third-party or custom tool. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. Use this query to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and "Verifying Security Access with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and "27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm
- RMF Control
- AU-3
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000134
- Version
- O112-C2-007800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-52479
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-66695r2_rule
Checks: C-54509r2_chk
Verify, using vendor and system documentation if necessary, that the DBMS is configured to use Oracle's auditing features, or that a third-party product or custom code is deployed and configured to satisfy this requirement. If a third-party product or custom code is used, compare its current configuration with the audit requirements. If any of the requirements is not covered by the configuration, this is a finding. The remainder of this Check is applicable specifically where Oracle auditing is in use. To see if Oracle is configured to capture audit data, enter the following SQLPlus command: SHOW PARAMETER AUDIT_TRAIL or the following SQL query: SELECT * FROM SYS.V$PARAMETER WHERE NAME = 'audit_trail'; If Oracle returns the value 'NONE', this is a finding. To confirm that Oracle audit is capturing sufficient information to establish outcomes, perform a successful auditable action and an auditable action that results in an SQL error, and then view the results in the SYS.AUD$ table or the audit file, whichever is in use. If no return code or other outcome information is returned for the auditable action just performed, this is a finding. If error is indicated for the successful action, this is a finding. If no error is indicated for the unsuccessful action, this is a finding.
Fix: F-57295r3_fix
Configure the DBMS's auditing to audit standard and organization-defined auditable events, the audit record to include the outcome. If preferred, use a third-party or custom tool. If using a third-party product, proceed in accordance with the product documentation. If using Oracle's capabilities, proceed as follows. Use this query to ensure auditable events are captured: ALTER SYSTEM SET AUDIT_TRAIL=<audit trail type> SCOPE=SPFILE; Audit trail type can be 'OS', 'DB', 'DB,EXTENDED', 'XML' or 'XML,EXTENDED'. After executing this statement, it may be necessary to shut down and restart the Oracle database. For more information on the configuration of auditing, please refer to "Auditing Database Activity" in the Oracle Database 2 Day + Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e10575/tdpsg_auditing.htm and "Verifying Security Access with Auditing" in the Oracle Database Security Guide: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e36292/auditing.htm#DBSEG006 and "27 DBMS_AUDIT_MGMT" in the Oracle Database PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference: http://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/appdev.112/e40758/d_audit_mgmt.htm
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-C2-015501
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53281
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-67497r2_rule
Checks: C-54663r5_chk
Review configuration to confirm that accounts used by processes to connect to the DBMS are authenticated using valid, current DoD-issued PKI certificates. If any such account, other than SYS, is not certificate-based, this is a finding.
Fix: F-58097r2_fix
For each such account, use DoD certificate-based authentication.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-021100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53959
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68199r1_rule
Checks: C-54749r2_chk
Review and verify the implementation of an audit trail retention policy. Verify that audit data is maintained for a minimum of one year. If audit data is not maintained for a minimum of one year, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58799r1_fix
Develop, document and implement an audit retention policy and procedures. It is recommended that the most recent thirty days of audit logs remain available online. After thirty days, the audit logs may be maintained offline. Online maintenance provides for a more timely capability and inclination to investigate suspicious activity.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-021200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53961
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68201r1_rule
Checks: C-54751r2_chk
From SQL*Plus: select 'The number of replication objects defined is: '|| count(*) from all_tables where table_name like 'REPCAT%'; If the count returned is 0, then Oracle Replication is not installed and this check is Not a Finding. Otherwise: From SQL*Plus: select count(*) from sys.dba_repcatlog; If the count returned is 0, then Oracle Replication is not in use and this check is Not a Finding. If any results are returned, ask the IAO or DBA if the replication account (the default is REPADMIN, but may be customized) is restricted to IAO-authorized personnel only. If it is not, this is a Finding. If there are multiple replication accounts, confirm that all are justified and documented with the IAO. If they are not, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58801r1_fix
Change the password for default and custom replication accounts and provide the password to IAO-authorized users only.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-021300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53963
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68203r1_rule
Checks: C-54753r2_chk
From SQL*Plus: select instance_name from v$instance; select version from v$instance; If the instance name returned references the Oracle release number, this is a Finding. Numbers used that include version numbers by coincidence are not a Finding. The DBA should be able to relate the significance of the presence of a digit in the SID.
Fix: F-58803r1_fix
Follow the instructions in Oracle MetaLink Note 15390.1 (and related documents) to change the SID for the database without re-creating the database to a value that does not identify the Oracle version.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-021400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53965
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68205r1_rule
Checks: C-54755r1_chk
From SQL*Plus: select owner||': '||db_link from dba_db_links; select count(*) from sys.dba_repcatlog; If no records are returned from the first SQL statement, this check is Not a Finding. If the value of the count returned is 0 for the second SQL statement, none of the database links listed above, if any, is used for replication. Confirm the public and fixed user database links listed are documented in the System Security Plan, are authorized by the IAO and are used for replication or operational system requirements. If any are not, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58805r1_fix
Document all authorized connections from the database to remote databases in the System Security Plan. Remove all unauthorized remote database connection definitions from the database. From SQL*Plus: drop database link [link name]; OR drop public database link [link name]; Review remote database connection definitions periodically and confirm their use is still required and authorized.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- L
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-021500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53967
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68207r3_rule
Checks: C-54757r2_chk
From SQL*Plus: select name from v$controlfile; DoD guidance recommends: 1. A minimum of two distinct control files for each Oracle Database Instance. 2a. Each control file is to be located on separate, archived physical or logical storage devices OR 2b. Each control file is to be located on separate, archived directories within one or more RAID devices 3. The Logical Paths for each control file should differ at the highest level supported by your configuration, for example: UNIX /ora03/app/oracle/{SID}/control/control01.ctl /ora04/app/oracle/{SID}/control/control02.ctl Windows D:/oracle/{SID}/control/control01.ctl E:/oracle/{SID}/control/control02.ctl If this minimum listed above is not met, this is a Finding. Consult with the SA or DBA to determine that the mount points or partitions referenced in the file paths indicate separate physical disks or directories on RAID devices. NOTE: Distinct does not equal dedicated. You may share directory space with other Oracle database instances if present.
Fix: F-58807r1_fix
To prevent loss of service during disk failure, multiple copies of Oracle control files should be maintained on separate disks in archived directories or on separate, archived directories within one or more RAID devices. Adding or moving a control file requires careful planning and execution. Please consult and follow the instructions for creating control files in the Oracle Database Administrator's Guide, under Steps for Creating New Control Files.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-021600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53969
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68209r1_rule
Checks: C-54759r1_chk
From SQL*Plus: select count(*) from V$LOG; If the value of the count returned is less than 2, this is a Finding. From SQL*Plus: select count(*) from V$LOG where members > 1; If the value of the count returned is less than 2 and a RAID storage device is not being used, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58809r1_fix
To define additional redo log file groups: From SQL*Plus (Example): alter database add logfile group 2 ('diska:log2.log', 'diskb:log2.log') size 50K; To add additional redo log file [members] to an existing redo log file group: From SQL*Plus (Example): alter database add logfile member 'diskc:log2.log' to group 2; Replace diska, diskb, diskc with valid, different disk drive specifications. Replace log#.log file with valid or custom names for the log files.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-021700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53971
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68211r2_rule
Checks: C-54761r2_chk
Execute the query: select grantee||': '||owner||'.'||table_name from dba_tab_privs where grantable = 'YES' and grantee not in (select distinct owner from dba_objects) and grantee not in (select grantee from dba_role_privs where granted_role = 'DBA') order by grantee; If any accounts are listed, this is a finding.
Fix: F-58811r1_fix
Revoke privileges granted the WITH GRANT OPTION from non-DBA and accounts that do not own application objects. Re-grant privileges without specifying WITH GRANT OPTION.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-021800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53973
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68213r1_rule
Checks: C-54763r1_chk
From SQL*Plus: select table_name from dba_tab_privs where grantee='PUBLIC' and privilege ='EXECUTE' and table_name in ('UTL_FILE', 'UTL_SMTP', 'UTL_TCP', 'UTL_HTTP', 'DBMS_RANDOM', 'DBMS_LOB', 'DBMS_SQL', 'DBMS_SYS_SQL', 'DBMS_JOB', 'DBMS_BACKUP_RESTORE', 'DBMS_OBFUSCATION_TOOLKIT'); If any records are returned, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58813r1_fix
Revoking all default installation privilege assignments from PUBLIC is not required at this time. However, execute permissions to the specified packages is required to be revoked from PUBLIC. Removal of these privileges from PUBLIC may result in invalid packages in version 10.1 and later of Oracle and an inability to execute default Oracle applications and utilities. To correct this problem, grant execute privileges on these packages directly to the SYSMAN, WKSYS, MDSYS and SYSTEM accounts as well as any other default Oracle database and custom application object owner accounts as necessary to support execution of applications/utilities installed with an Oracle Database Server. At a minimum, revoke the following: From SQL*Plus: revoke execute on UTL_FILE from PUBLIC; revoke execute on UTL_SMTP from PUBLIC; revoke execute on UTL_TCP from PUBLIC; revoke execute on UTL_HTTP from PUBLIC; revoke execute on DBMS_RANDOM from PUBLIC; revoke execute on DBMS_LOB from PUBLIC; revoke execute on DBMS_SQL from PUBLIC; revoke execute on DBMS_SYS_SQL from PUBLIC; revoke execute on DBMS_JOB from PUBLIC; revoke execute on DBMS_BACKUP_RESTORE from PUBLIC; revoke execute on DBMS_OBFUSCATION_TOOLKIT from PUBLIC;
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- H
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-021900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53975
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68215r1_rule
Checks: C-54765r1_chk
From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name = 'remote_os_authent'; If the value returned does not equal FALSE, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58815r1_fix
Document remote OS authentication in the System Security Plan. If not required or not mitigated to an acceptable level, disable remote OS authentication. From SQL*Plus: alter system set remote_os_authent = FALSE scope = spfile; The above SQL*Plus command will set the parameter to take effect at next system startup.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- H
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-022000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53977
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68217r1_rule
Checks: C-54767r1_chk
From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name = 'remote_os_roles'; If the returned value is not FALSE or not documented in the System Security Plan as required, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58817r1_fix
Document remote OS roles in the System Security Plan. If not required, disable use of remote OS roles. From SQL*Plus: alter system set remote_os_roles = FALSE scope = spfile; The above SQL*Plus command will set the parameter to take effect at next system startup.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-022100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53979
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68219r2_rule
Checks: C-54769r1_chk
From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name = 'sql92_security'; If the value returned is set to FALSE, this is a Finding. If the parameter is set to TRUE or does not exist, this is Not a Finding.
Fix: F-58819r2_fix
Enable SQL92 security. From SQL*Plus: alter system set sql92_security = TRUE scope = spfile; The above SQL*Plus command will set the parameter to take effect at next system startup.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-022200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53981
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68221r3_rule
Checks: C-54771r4_chk
From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where upper(name) = 'REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE'; If the value returned does not equal 'EXCLUSIVE' or 'NONE', this is a Finding. On UNIX Systems: ls -ld $ORACLE_HOME/dbs/orapw${ORACLE_SID} Substitute ${ORACLE_SID} with the name of the ORACLE_SID for the database. If permissions are granted for world and/or group access, this is a Finding. On Windows Systems (From Windows Explorer): Browse to the %ORACLE_HOME\database\directory. Select and right-click on the PWD%ORACLE_SID%.ora file, select Properties, select the Security tab. Substitute %ORACLE_SID% with the name of the ORACLE_SID for the database. If permissions are granted to everyone, this is a finding. If any account other than the DBMS software installation account is listed, this is a finding.
Fix: F-58821r2_fix
Disable use of the remote_login_passwordfile where remote administration is not authorized by specifying a value of NONE. If authorized, restrict use of a password file to exclusive use by each database by specifying a value of EXCLUSIVE. From SQL*Plus: alter system set remote_login_passwordfile = 'EXCLUSIVE' scope = spfile; OR alter system set remote_login_passwordfile = 'NONE' scope = spfile; The above SQL*Plus command will set the parameter to take effect at next system startup. Restrict ownership and permissions on the Oracle password file to only the DBMS software installation account. More information regarding the ORAPWD file and the REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE parameter, can be found here: https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e25494/dba.htm#ADMIN10241
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-022300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53983
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68223r3_rule
Checks: C-54773r7_chk
Run the SQL query: select grantee, privilege from dba_sys_privs where grantee not in (<list of non-applicable accounts>) and admin_option = 'YES' and grantee not in (select grantee from dba_role_privs where granted_role = 'DBA'); (With respect to the list of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement, it is expected that the DBA will maintain the list to suit local circumstances, adding special accounts as necessary and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review.) If any accounts that are not authorized to have the ADMIN OPTION are listed, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58823r1_fix
Revoke assignment of privileges with the WITH ADMIN OPTION from unauthorized users and re-grant them without the option. From SQL*Plus: revoke [privilege name] from user [username]; Replace [privilege name] with the named privilege and [username] with the named user. Restrict use of the WITH ADMIN OPTION to authorized administrators. Document authorized privilege assignments with the WITH ADMIN OPTION in the System Security Plan.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-022400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53985
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68225r1_rule
Checks: C-54775r1_chk
From SQL*Plus: select privilege from dba_sys_privs where grantee = 'PUBLIC'; If any records are returned, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58825r1_fix
Revoke any system privileges assigned to PUBLIC: From SQL*Plus: revoke [system privilege] from PUBLIC; Replace [system privilege] with the named system privilege. NOTE: System privileges are not granted to PUBLIC by default and would indicate a custom action.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-022500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53987
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68227r2_rule
Checks: C-54777r5_chk
Run the SQL query: select grantee||': '||granted_role from dba_role_privs where grantee not in (<list of non-applicable accounts>) and admin_option = 'YES' and grantee not in (select distinct owner from dba_objects) and grantee not in (select grantee from dba_role_privs where granted_role = 'DBA') order by grantee; (With respect to the list of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement, it is expected that the DBA will maintain the list to suit local circumstances, adding special accounts as necessary and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review.) Review the System Security Plan to confirm any grantees listed are ISSO-authorized DBA accounts or application administration roles. If any grantees listed are not authorized and documented, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58827r1_fix
Revoke assignment of roles with the WITH ADMIN OPTION from unauthorized grantees and re-grant them without the option if required. From SQL*Plus: revoke [role name] from [grantee]; grant [role name] to [grantee]; Restrict use of the WITH ADMIN OPTION to authorized administrators. Document authorized role assignments with the WITH ADMIN OPTION in the System Security Plan.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-022600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53989
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68229r3_rule
Checks: C-54779r4_chk
Run the SQL query: select owner ||'.'|| table_name ||':'|| privilege from dba_tab_privs where grantee = 'PUBLIC' and owner not in (<list of non-applicable accounts>); (With respect to the list of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement, it is expected that the DBA will maintain the list to suit local circumstances, adding special accounts as necessary and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review.) If any records that are not Oracle product accounts are returned, are not documented and authorized, this is a Finding. NOTE: This check may return false positives where other Oracle product accounts are not included in the exclusion list.
Fix: F-58829r1_fix
Revoke any privileges granted to PUBLIC for objects that are not owned by Oracle product accounts. From SQL*Plus: revoke [privilege name] from [user name] on [object name]; Assign permissions to custom application user roles based on job functions: From SQL*Plus: grant [privilege name] to [user role] on [object name];
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- H
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-022700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53991
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68231r2_rule
Checks: C-54781r2_chk
If a listener is not running on the local database host server, this check is Not a Finding. NOTE: This check needs to be done only once per host system and once per listener. Multiple listeners may be defined on a single host system. They must all be reviewed, but only once per database home review. For subsequent database home reviews on the same host system, mark this check as Not a Finding. Determine all Listeners running on the host. For Windows hosts, view all Windows services with TNSListener embedded in the service name - The service name format is: Oracle[ORACLE_HOME_NAME]TNSListener For UNIX hosts, the Oracle Listener process will indicate the TNSLSNR executable. At a command prompt, issue the command: ps -ef | grep tnslsnr | grep -v grep The alias for the listener follows tnslsnr in the command output. You must be logged on the host system using the account that owns the tnslsnr executable (UNIX). If the account is denied local login, have the system SA assist you in this task by 'su' to the listener account from the root account. On Windows platforms, log in using an account with administrator privileges to complete the check. From a system command prompt, execute the listener control utility: lsnrctl status [LISTENER NAME] Review the results for the value of Security. If Security = OFF is displayed, this is a Finding. If Security = ON: Local OS Authentication is displayed, this is not a Finding. If Security = ON: Password or Local OS Authentication, this is a Finding (do not set a password on Oracle versions 10.1 and higher. Instead, use Local OS Authentication). Repeat the execution of the lsnrctl utility for all active listeners.
Fix: F-58831r1_fix
Configure the listener to use Local OS Authentication. This setting prevents remote administration of the listener, restricts management to the Oracle listener owner account (UNIX) and accounts with administrator privileges (WIN). Remote administration of the listener should not be permitted. If listener administration from a remote system is required, granting secure remote access to the Oracle DBMS server and performing local administration is preferred. Authorize and document this requirement in the System Security Plan.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-022800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53993
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68233r1_rule
Checks: C-54783r1_chk
From SQL*Plus: select granted_role from dba_role_privs where grantee = 'PUBLIC'; If any roles are listed, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58833r1_fix
Revoke role grants from PUBLIC. Do not assign role privileges to PUBLIC. From SQL*Plus: revoke [role name] from PUBLIC;
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-022900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53995
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68235r3_rule
Checks: C-54785r7_chk
Run the SQL query: select grantee, granted_role from dba_role_privs where default_role='YES' and granted_role in (select grantee from dba_sys_privs where upper(privilege) like '%USER%') and grantee not in (<list of non-applicable accounts>) and grantee not in (select distinct owner from dba_tables) and grantee not in (select distinct username from dba_users where upper(account_status) like '%LOCKED%'); (With respect to the list of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement, it is expected that the DBA will maintain the list to suit local circumstances, adding special accounts as necessary and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review.) Review the list of accounts reported for this check and ensure that they are authorized application administration roles. If any are not authorized application administration roles, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58927r1_fix
For each role assignment returned, issue: From SQL*Plus: alter user [username] default role all except [role]; If the user has more than one application administration role assigned, then you will have to remove assigned roles from default assignment and assign individually the appropriate default roles.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-023000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53997
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68237r3_rule
Checks: C-54787r4_chk
Review the System Security Plan for remote applications that access and use the database. For each remote application or application server, determine whether communications between it and the DBMS are encrypted. If any are not encrypted, this is a finding.
Fix: F-58835r6_fix
Configure communications between the DBMS and remote applications/application servers to use DoD-approved encryption.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-023100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-53999
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68239r4_rule
Checks: C-54789r3_chk
The DBMS_JOB PL/SQL package has been replaced by DBMS_SCHEDULER in Oracle versions 10.1 and higher, though it continues to be supported for backward compatibility. Run this query: select value from v$parameter where name = 'job_queue_processes'; Run this query: select value from all_scheduler_global_attribute where ATTRIBUTE_NAME = 'MAX_JOB_SLAVE_PROCESSES'; To understand the relationship between these settings, review: https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/server.112/e25494/appendix_a.htm#ADMIN11002 Review documented and implemented procedures for monitoring the Oracle DBMS job/batch queues for unauthorized submissions. If procedures for job queue review are not defined, documented or evidence of implementation does not exist, this is a Finding. Job queue information is available from the DBA_JOBS view. The following command lists jobs submitted to the queue. DBMS_JOB does not generate a 'history' of previous job executions. Run this query: select job, next_date, next_sec, failures, broken from dba_jobs; Scheduler queue information is available from the DBA_SCHEDULER_JOBS view. The following command lists jobs submitted to the queue. Run this query: select owner, job_name, state, job_class, job_type, job_action from dba_scheduler_jobs;
Fix: F-58837r3_fix
Develop, document and implement procedures to monitor the database job queues for unauthorized job submissions. Develop, document and implement a formal migration plan to convert jobs using DBMS_JOB to use DBMS_SCHEDULER instead for Oracle versions 10.1 and higher. (This does not apply to DBMS_JOB jobs generated by Oracle itself, such as those for refreshing materialized views.) Set the value of the job_queue_processes parameter to a low value to restrict concurrent DBMS_JOB executions. Use auditing to capture use of the DBMS_JOB package in the audit trail. Review the audit trail for unauthorized use of the DBMS_JOB package.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-023200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54001
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68241r1_rule
Checks: C-54791r1_chk
From SQL*Plus: select db_link||': '||host from dba_db_links; If no links are returned, this check is Not a Finding. Review documentation for definitions of authorized database links to external interfaces. The documentation should include: - Any remote access to the database - The purpose or function of the remote connection - Any access to data or procedures stored externally to the local DBMS - Any network ports or protocols used by remote connections, whether the remote connection is to a production, test, or development system - Any security accounts used by DBMS to access remote resources or objects If any unauthorized database links are defined or the definitions do not match the documentation, this is a Finding. NOTE: Findings for production-development links under this check are assigned to the production database only. If any database links are defined between the production database and any test or development databases, this is a Finding. If remote interface documentation does not exist or is incomplete, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58839r1_fix
Document all remote or external interfaces used by the DBMS to connect to or allow connections from remote or external sources. Include with the documentation as appropriate, any network ports or protocols, security accounts, and the sensitivity of any data exchanged. Do not define or configure database links between production databases and test or development databases.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-023300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54003
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68243r2_rule
Checks: C-54793r1_chk
If the database being reviewed is a production database, this check is Not a Finding. Review policy, procedures and restrictions for data imports of production data containing sensitive information into development databases. If data imports of production data are allowed, review procedures for protecting any sensitive data included in production exports. If sensitive data is included in the exports and no procedures are in place to remove or modify the data to render it not sensitive prior to import into a development database or policy and procedures are not in place to ensure authorization of development personnel to access sensitive information contained in production data, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58841r1_fix
Develop, document and implement policy, procedures and restrictions for production data import. Require any users assigned privileges that allow the export of production data from the database to acknowledge understanding of import policies, procedures and restrictions. Restrict permissions of development personnel requiring use or access to production data imported into development databases containing sensitive information to authorized users. Implement policy and procedures to modify or remove sensitive information in production exports prior to import into development databases.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-023400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54005
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68245r1_rule
Checks: C-54795r1_chk
Review policy, procedures and implementation evidence to determine if periodic reviews of user privileges by the IAO are being performed. Evidence may consist of email or other correspondence that acknowledges receipt of periodic reports and notification of review between the DBA and IAO or other auditors as assigned. If policy and procedures are incomplete or no evidence of implementation exists, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58843r1_fix
Develop, document and implement policy and procedures for periodic review of database user accounts and privilege assignments. Include methods to provide evidence of review in the procedures to verify reviews occur in accordance with the procedures.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-023500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54007
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68247r1_rule
Checks: C-54797r1_chk
If the database being reviewed is not a production database, this check is Not a Finding. Review policy and procedures documented or noted in the System Security plan as well as evidence of implementation for daily audit trail monitoring. If policy and procedures are not documented or evidence of implementation is not available, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58845r1_fix
Develop, document and implement policy and procedures to monitor audit trail data daily.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-023600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54009
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68249r2_rule
Checks: C-54799r3_chk
Run the query: select property_name, property_value from database_properties where property_name in ('DEFAULT_PERMANENT_TABLESPACE','DEFAULT_TEMP_TABLESPACE'); If either value is set to SYSTEM, this is a finding. Run the query: select username from dba_users where (default_tablespace = 'SYSTEM' or temporary_tablespace = 'SYSTEM') and username not in ('LBACSYS','OUTLN','SYS','SYSTEM'); If any non-default account records are returned, this is a finding.
Fix: F-58847r2_fix
Create and dedicate tablespaces to support only one application. Do not share tablespaces between applications. Do not grant quotas to application object owners on tablespaces not dedicated to their associated application. Run the queries: alter database default tablespace <tablespace_name>; alter database default temporary tablespace <temporary_tablespace_name>; alter user <username> default tablespace <tablespace_name> temporary tablespace <temporary_tablespace_name>; Replace <username> with the named user account. Replace <tablespace_name> with the new default tablespace name. Replace <temporary_tablespace_name> with the new default temporary tablespace name (typically TEMP). Repeat the "alter user" for each affected user account.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-023700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54011
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68251r3_rule
Checks: C-54801r5_chk
Run the SQL query: select distinct owner, tablespace_name from dba_SEGMENTS where owner not in (<list of non-applicable accounts>) order by tablespace_name; (With respect to the list of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement, it is expected that the DBA will maintain the list to suit local circumstances, adding special accounts as necessary and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review.) Review the list of returned table owners with the tablespace used. If any of the owners listed are not default Oracle accounts and use the SYSTEM or any other tablespace not dedicated for the application’s use, this is a Finding. Look for multiple applications that may share a tablespace. If no records were returned, ask the DBA if any applications use this database. If no applications use the database, this is not a Finding. If there are applications that do use the database or if the application uses the SYS or other default account and SYSTEM tablespace to store its objects, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58849r1_fix
Create and assign dedicated tablespaces for the storage of data by each application using the CREATE TABLESPACE command.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-023800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54013
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68253r1_rule
Checks: C-54803r1_chk
From SQL*Plus: select log_mode from v$database; select value from v$parameter where name = 'log_archive_dest'; select value from v$parameter where name = 'log_archive_duplex_dest'; select name, value from v$parameter where name LIKE 'log_archive_dest_%'; If the value returned for LOG_MODE is NOARCHIVELOG, this check is Not a Finding. If a value is not returned for LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST and no values are returned for any of the LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_[1-10] parameters, this is a Finding. NOTE: LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST and LOG_ARCHIVE_DUPLEX_DEST are incompatible with the LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n parameters, and must be defined as the null string (' ') when any LOG_ARCHIVE_DEST_n parameter has a value other than a null string. On UNIX Systems: ls -ld [pathname] Substitute [pathname] with the directory paths listed from the above SQL statements for log_archive_dest and log_archive_duplex_dest. If permissions are granted for world access, this is a Finding. On Windows Systems (From Windows Explorer): Browse to the directory specified. Select and right-click on the directory, select Properties, select the Security tab. If permissions are granted to everyone, this is a Finding. If any account other than the Oracle process and software owner accounts, Administrators, DBAs, System group or developers authorized to write and debug applications on this database are listed, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58851r1_fix
Specify a valid and protected directory for archive log files. Restrict access to the Oracle process and software owner accounts, DBAs, and backup operator accounts.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-023900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54015
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68255r1_rule
Checks: C-54805r1_chk
From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name = '_trace_files_public'; If the value returned is TRUE, this is a Finding. If the parameter does not exist or is set to FALSE, this is Not a Finding.
Fix: F-58853r1_fix
From SQL*Plus (shutdown database instance): shutdown immediate From SQL*Plus (create a pfile from spfile): create pfile='[PATH]init[SID].ora' from spfile; Edit the init[SID].ora file and remove the following line: *._trace_files_public=TRUE From SQL*Plus (update the spfile using the pfile): create spfile from pfile='[PATH]init[SID].ora'; From SQL*Plus (start the database instance): startup NOTE: [PATH] depends on the platform (Windows or UNIX). Ensure the file is directed to a writable location. [SID] is equal to the oracle SID or database instance ID.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-024000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54017
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68257r3_rule
Checks: C-54807r6_chk
Run the SQL query: select distinct o.owner from dba_objects o, dba_users u where o.owner not in ( <list of non-applicable accounts> ) and o.object_type <> 'SYNONYM' and o.owner = username and upper(account_status) not like '%LOCKED%'; (With respect to the list of special accounts that are excluded from this requirement, it is expected that the DBA will maintain the list to suit local circumstances, adding special accounts as necessary and removing any that are not supposed to be in use in the Oracle deployment that is under review.) To obtain a list of users assigned DBA privileges, run the query: select grantee from dba_role_privs where granted_role = ’DBA’; If any records are returned, then verify the account is an authorized application object owner account or a default account installed to support an Oracle product. Verify that any objects owned by custom DBA accounts are for the personal use of that DBA. If any objects are used to support applications or any functions other than DBA functions, this is a Finding. Any unauthorized object owner accounts are not a finding under this check as they are noted as findings under check O112-C2-011000. Any other accounts listed are a Finding.
Fix: F-58855r1_fix
Disable any application object owner accounts. From SQL*Plus: alter user [username] account lock; Enable application object owner accounts only for installation and maintenance. DBA are special purpose accounts and do not require disabling although they may own objects. For application objects that require routine maintenance, e.g. index objects, to maintain performance, consider allowing a special purpose account to own the index or enable the application owner account for the duration of the routine maintenance function only.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-024100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54019
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68259r1_rule
Checks: C-54809r1_chk
If the DBMS or DBMS host is not shared by production and development activities, this check is Not a Finding. Review OS DBA group membership. If any developer accounts as identified in the System Security Plan have been assigned DBA privileges, this is a Finding. NOTE: Though shared production/non-production DBMS installations was allowed under previous database STIG guidance, doing so may place it in violation of OS, Application, Network or Enclave STIG guidance. Ensure that any shared production/non-production DBMS installations meets STIG guidance requirements at all levels or mitigate any conflicts in STIG guidance with your DAA.
Fix: F-58857r2_fix
Create separate DBMS host OS groups for developer and production DBAs. Do not assign production DBA OS group membership to accounts used for development. Remove development accounts from production DBA OS group membership. Recommend establishing a dedicated DBMS host for production DBMS installations (See Checks O112-BP-025000 and O112-BP-025300). A dedicated host system in this case refers to an instance of the operating system at a minimum. The operating system may reside on a virtual host machine where supported by the DBMS vendor.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-024200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54021
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68261r1_rule
Checks: C-54811r1_chk
Review documented and implemented procedures for monitoring the use of the DBMS software installation account in the System Security Plan. If use of this account is not monitored or procedures for monitoring its use do not exist or are incomplete, this is a Finding. NOTE: On Windows systems, The Oracle DBMS software is installed using an account with administrator privileges. Ownership should be reassigned to a dedicated OS account used to operate the DBMS software. If monitoring does not include all accounts with administrator privileges on the DBMS host, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58859r1_fix
Develop, document and implement a logging procedure for use of the DBMS software installation account that provides accountability to individuals for any actions taken by the account. Host system audit logs should be included in the DBMS account usage log along with an indication of the person who accessed the account and an explanation for the access. Ensure all accounts with administrator privileges are monitored for DBMS host on Windows OS platforms.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-024400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54023
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68263r1_rule
Checks: C-54815r3_chk
If remote administrative access to the database is prohibited and is disabled, this check is Not a Finding. Review policy, procedure and evidence of implementation for monitoring of remote administrative access to the database. If monitoring procedures for remote administrative access are not documented or implemented, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58863r1_fix
Develop, document and implement policy and procedures to monitor remote administrative access to the DBMS. The automated generation of a log report with automatic dissemination to the IAO/IAM may be used. Require and store an acknowledgement of receipt and confirmation of review for the log report.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-024500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54025
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68265r1_rule
Checks: C-54817r1_chk
Review the System Security Plan to determine if the DBMS serves data to users or applications outside the local enclave. If the DBMS is not accessed outside of the local enclave, this check is Not a Finding. If the DBMS serves applications available from a public network (e.g. the Internet), then confirm that the application servers are located in a DMZ. If the DBMS is located inside the local enclave and is directly accessible to public users, this is a Finding. If the DBMS serves public-facing applications and is not protected from direct client connections and unauthorized networks, this is a Finding. If the DBMS serves public-facing applications and contains sensitive or classified information, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58865r1_fix
Do not allow direct connections from users originating from the Internet or other public network to the DBMS. Include in the System Security Plan for the system whether the DBMS serves public-facing applications or applications serving users from other untrusted networks. Do not store sensitive or classified data on a DBMS server that serves public-facing applications.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-024600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54027
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68267r1_rule
Checks: C-54819r1_chk
Review policy and procedures documented or noted in the System Security Plan as well as evidence of implementation for monitoring changes to DBA role assignments and procedures for notifying the IAM of the changes for review. If policy, procedures or implementation evidence do not exist, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58867r1_fix
Develop, document and implement procedures to monitor changes to DBA role assignments. Develop, document and implement procedures to notify the IAM of changes to DBA role assignments. Include in the procedures methods that provide evidence of monitoring and notification.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-024700
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54029
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68269r1_rule
Checks: C-54821r1_chk
Review policy and procedures documented or noted in the System Security Plan and evidence of implementation for testing DBMS installations, upgrades and patches prior to production deployment. If policy and procedures do not exist or evidence of implementation does not exist, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58869r1_fix
Develop, document and implement procedures for testing DBMS installations, upgrades and patches prior to deployment on production systems.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-024800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54031
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68271r1_rule
Checks: C-54823r1_chk
If the database being reviewed is not a production database or does not contain sensitive data, this check is Not a Finding. Review documented policy, procedures and proof of implementation for restrictions placed on data exports from the production database. Policy and procedures should include that only authorized users have access to DBMS export utilities and that export data is properly sanitized prior to import to a development database. Policy and procedures may also include that developers be granted the necessary clearance and need-to-know prior to import of production data. If documented policy, procedures and proof of implementation are not present or complete, this is a Finding. If methods to sanitize sensitive data are required and not documented or followed, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58871r3_fix
Develop, document and implement policy and procedures that provide restrictions for production data export. Require users and administrators assigned privileges that allow the export of production data from a production database to acknowledge understanding of export restrictions. Restrict permissions allowing use or access to database export procedures or functions to authorized users. Ensure sensitive data from production is sanitized prior to import to a development database (O112-BP-023300). Grant access and need-to-know to developers where allowed by policy.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-024900
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54033
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68273r1_rule
Checks: C-54825r2_chk
If no sensitive or classified data is stored in the database, listed in the System Security Plan and listed in the AIS Functional Architecture documentation, this check is Not a Finding. Review AIS Functional Architecture documentation for the DBMS and note any sensitive data that is identified. Review database table column data or descriptions that indicate sensitive data. For example, a data column labeled "SSN" could indicate social security numbers are stored in the column. Question the IAO or DBA where any questions arise. General categories of sensitive data requiring identification include any personal data (health, financial, social security number and date of birth), proprietary or financially sensitive business data or data that might be classified. If any data is considered sensitive and is not documented in the AISFA, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58873r1_fix
Include identification of any sensitive data in the AIS Functional Architecture and the System Security Plan. Include data that appear to be sensitive with a discussion as to why it is not marked as such.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-025200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54039
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68279r1_rule
Checks: C-54831r1_chk
Review the list of defined database links generated from the DBMS. Compare to the list in the System Security Plan with the DBA. If no database links are listed in the database and in the System Security Plan, this check is Not a Finding. If any database links are defined in the DBMS, verify the authorization for the definition in the System Security Plan. If any database links exist that are not authorized or not listed in the System Security Plan, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58879r1_fix
Grant access to database links to authorized users or applications only. Document all database links access authorizations in the System Security Plan.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-025300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54041
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68281r1_rule
Checks: C-54835r1_chk
Review the services and processes active on the DBMS host system. If the host system is a Windows domain controller, this is a Finding. If the host system is supporting any other security or directory services that do not use the DBMS to store information, this is a Finding. NOTE: This does not include client security applications like firewall and antivirus software.
Fix: F-58883r1_fix
Either move the DBMS installation to a dedicated host system or move the directory or security services to another host system. A dedicated host system in this case refers to an instance of the operating system at a minimum. The operating system may reside on a virtual host machine where supported by the DBMS vendor.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-025400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54043
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68283r1_rule
Checks: C-54837r1_chk
For UNIX Systems: Log in using the Oracle software owner account and enter the command: umask If the value returned is 022 or more restrictive, this is not a Finding. If the value returned is less restrictive than 022, this is a Finding. The first number sets the mask for user/owner file permissions. The second number sets the mask for group file permissions. The third number sets file permission mask for other users. The list below shows the available settings: 0 = read/write/execute 1 = read/write 2 = read/execute 3 = read 4 = write/execute 5 = write 6 = execute 7 = no permissions Setting the umask to 022 effectively sets files for user/owner to read/write, group to read and other to read. Directories are set for user/owner to read/write/execute, group to read/execute and other to read/execute. For Windows Systems: Review the permissions that control access to the Oracle installation software directories (e.g. \Program Files\Oracle\). DBA accounts, the DBMS process account, the DBMS software installation/maintenance account, SA accounts if access by them is required for some operational level of support such as backups, and the host system itself require access. Compare the access control employed with that documented in the System Security Plan. If access controls do not match the documented requirement, this is a Finding. If access controls appear excessive without justification, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58885r1_fix
For UNIX Systems: Set the umask of the Oracle software owner account to 022. Determine the shell being used for the Oracle software owner account: env | grep -i shell Startup files for each shell are as follows (located in users $HOME directory): C-Shell (CSH) = .cshrc Bourne Shell (SH) = .profile Korn Shell (KSH) = .kshrc TC Shell (TCS) = .tcshrc BASH Shell = .bash_profile or .bashrc Edit the shell startup file for the account and add or modify the line: umask 022 Log off and login, then enter the umask command to confirm the setting. NOTE: To effect this change for all Oracle processes, a reboot of the DBMS server may be required. For Windows Systems: Product-specific fix is pending development. Use Generic Fix listed below: Restrict access to the DBMS software libraries to the fewest accounts that clearly require access based on job function. Document authorized access control and justify any access grants that do not fall under DBA, DBMS process, ownership, or SA accounts.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-025500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54045
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68285r1_rule
Checks: C-54839r1_chk
If a review of the System Security Plan confirms the use of replication is not required, not permitted and the database is not configured for replication, this check is Not a Finding. If any replication accounts are assigned DBA roles or roles with DBA privileges, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58887r1_fix
Restrict privileges assigned to replication accounts to the fewest possible privileges. Remove DBA roles from replication accounts. Create and use custom replication accounts assigned least privileges for supporting replication operations.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-025600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54047
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68287r2_rule
Checks: C-54841r6_chk
IP address restriction may be defined for the database listener, by use of the Oracle Connection Manager or by an external network device. Identify the method used to enforce address restriction (interview or System Security Plan review). If enforced by the database listener, then review the SQLNET.ORA file located in the ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory (note: this assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use; please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files) or the directory indicated by the TNS_ADMIN environment variable or registry setting. If the following entries do not exist, then restriction by IP address is not configured and is a Finding. tcp.validnode_checking=YES tcp.invited_nodes=(IP1, IP2, IP3) If enforced by an Oracle Connection Manager, then review the CMAN.ORA file for the Connection Manager (located in the TNS_ADMIN or ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory for the connection manager). If a RULE entry allows all addresses ("/32") or does not match the address range specified in the System Security Plan, this is a Finding. (rule=(src=[IP]/27)(dst=[IP])(srv=*)(act=accept)) NOTE: an IP address with a "/" indicates acceptance by subnet mask where the number after the "/" is the left most number of bits in the address that must match for the rule to apply. If this rule is database-specific, then determine if the SERVICE_NAME parameter is set: From SQL*PLUS: select value from v$parameter where name = 'service_names'; If SERVICE_NAME is set in the initialization file for the database instance, use (srv=[service name]), else, use (srv=*) if not set or rule applies to all databases on the DBMS server. If network access restriction is performed by an external device, validate ACLs are in place to prohibit unauthorized access to the DBMS. To do this, find the IP address of the database server (destination address) and source address (authorized IPs) in the System Security Plan. Confirm only authorized IPs from the System Security Plan are allowed access to the DBMS.
Fix: F-58889r1_fix
Configure the database listener to restrict access by IP address or set up an external device to restrict network access to the DBMS.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-025800
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54051
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68291r1_rule
Checks: C-54845r1_chk
From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name = 'audit_sys_operations'; If the value returned is FALSE, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58893r1_fix
From SQL*Plus: alter system set audit_sys_operations = TRUE scope = spfile; The above SQL*Plus command will set the parameter to take effect at next system startup.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-026000
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54055
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68295r3_rule
Checks: C-54849r3_chk
Review the System Security Plan for authorization, assignments and usage procedures for remote DBMS administration. If remote administration of the DBMS is not documented or poorly documented, this is a Finding. If remote administration of the DBMS is not authorized and not disabled, this is a Finding. If remote administration is to be performed from outside the DoDIN, but is not done via an approved and properly configured VPN, this is a finding.
Fix: F-58897r3_fix
Disable remote administration of the DBMS where not required. Where remote administration of the DBMS is required, develop, document and implement policy and procedures on its use. Where remote administration is to be performed from outside the DoDIN, configure an approved VPN client for this purpose. Assign remote administration privileges to ISSO-authorized personnel only. Document assignments in the System Security Plan.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-026100
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54067
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68307r2_rule
Checks: C-54851r3_chk
If the symmetric key management procedures and configuration settings for the DBMS are not specified in the System Security Plan, this is a finding. If the procedures are not followed, with evidence for audit, this is a finding. Note: This check does not include a review of the key management procedures for validity. Specific key management requirements may be covered under separate checks.
Fix: F-58909r3_fix
Implement the following for symmetric and other encryption keys: - protection from unauthorized access in transit and in storage - utilization of accepted algorithms - generation in accordance with required standards for the key's use - expiration date - continuity - key backup and recovery - key change - archival key storage (as necessary) Details for key management requirements are provided by FIPS 140-2 key management standards available from NIST.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-026200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54069
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68309r3_rule
Checks: C-54853r4_chk
If no data is identified as being sensitive or classified by the Information Owner, in the System Security Plan or in the AIS Functional Architecture documentation, this is not a finding. If security labeling is not required, this is not a finding. If no sensitive or classified data is identified by the Information Owner as requiring labeling in the System Security Plan and/or AIS Functional Architecture documentation, this is not a finding. Run the SQL statement: select * from dba_sa_audit_options; If no records are returned or if output from the SQL statement above does not show classification labels being audited as required in the System Security Plan, this is a finding.
Fix: F-58911r1_fix
Define the policy for auditing changes to security labels defined for the data. Document the audit requirements in the System Security Plan and configure database auditing in accordance with the policy.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-026300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54071
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68311r1_rule
Checks: C-54855r1_chk
From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name = 'global_names'; If the value returned is FALSE, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58913r1_fix
From SQL*Plus: alter system set global_names = TRUE scope = spfile; NOTE: This parameter, if changed, will affect all currently defined Oracle database links. The above SQL*Plus command will set the parameter to take effect at next system startup.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-026400
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54073
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68313r2_rule
Checks: C-54857r3_chk
From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name='diagnostic_dest'; On UNIX Systems: ls -ld [pathname]/diag Substitute [pathname] with the directory path listed from the above SQL command, and append "/diag" to it, as shown. If permissions are granted for world access, this is a Finding. If any groups that include members other than the Oracle process and software owner accounts, DBAs, auditors, or backup accounts are listed, this is a Finding. On Windows Systems (From Windows Explorer): Browse to the \diag directory under the directory specified. Select and right-click on the directory, select Properties, select the Security tab. If permissions are granted to everyone, this is a Finding. If any account other than the Oracle process and software owner accounts, Administrators, DBAs, System group or developers authorized to write and debug applications on this database are listed, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58915r2_fix
Alter host system permissions to the <DIAGNOSTIC_DEST>/diag directory to the Oracle process and software owner accounts, DBAs, SAs (if required) and developers or other users that may specifically require access for debugging or other purposes. Authorize and document user access requirements to the directory outside of the Oracle, DBA and SA account list.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-026500
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54075
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68315r1_rule
Checks: C-54859r1_chk
View the cman.ora file in the ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory. If the file does not exist, the database is not accessed via Oracle Connection Manager and this check is Not a Finding. If the entry and value for REMOTE_ADMIN is not listed or is not set to a value of NO (REMOTE_ADMIN = NO), this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58917r1_fix
View the cman.ora file in the ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory of the Connection Manager. Include the following line in the file: REMOTE_ADMIN = NO
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-026600
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54077
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68317r4_rule
Checks: C-54861r5_chk
View the SQLNET.ORA file in the ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory or the directory specified in the TNS_ADMIN environment variable. (Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) Locate the following entry: SQLNET.ALLOWED_LOGON_VERSION = 12 If the parameter does not exist, this is a finding. Determine whether the Oracle DBMS software is at version 11.2.0.4 with the January 2014 CPU (or above). If it is not, this is a finding. If the parameter is not set to a value of 12 or higher, this is a finding.
Fix: F-58919r3_fix
: Deploy Oracle 11.2.0.4 with the January 2014 CPU patch. Edit the SQLNET.ORA file to add or edit the entry: SQLNET.ALLOWED_LOGON_VERSION = 12 Set the value to 12 or higher. For more information on sqlnet.ora parameters refer to the following document: "Database Net Services Reference" https://docs.oracle.com/cd/E11882_01/network.112/e10835/sqlnet.htm#NETRF006
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-024300
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-54079
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-68319r1_rule
Checks: C-54863r1_chk
If the DBMS host being reviewed is not a production DBMS host, this check is Not a Finding. Review evidence of security hardening and auditing of the DBMS host platform with the IAO. If the DBMS host platform has not been hardened and received a security audit, this is a Finding. Review evidence of security hardening and auditing for all application(s) that store data in the database and all other separately configured components that access the database including web servers, application servers, report servers, etc. If any have not been hardened and received a security audit, this is a Finding. Review evidence of security hardening and auditing for all application(s) installed on the local DBMS host where security hardening and auditing guidance exists. If any have not been hardened and received a security audit, this is a Finding.
Fix: F-58921r1_fix
Configure all related application components and the DBMS host platform in accordance with the applicable DoD STIG. Regularly audit the security configuration of related applications and the host platform to confirm continued compliance with security requirements.
- RMF Control
- CM-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000366
- Version
- O112-BP-025101
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-57615
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-72025r3_rule
Checks: C-58449r6_chk
From SQL*Plus: select value from v$parameter where name = 'audit_trail'; select value from v$parameter where name = 'audit_file_dest'; If audit_trail is NOT set to OS, XML, or XML EXTENDED, this is not applicable (NA). If audit_trail is set to OS, but the audit records are routed directly to a separate log server without writing to the local file system, this is not a finding. On UNIX Systems: ls -ld [pathname] Replace [pathname] with the directory path listed from the above SQL command for audit_file_dest. If permissions are granted for world access, this is a finding. If any groups that include members other than the Oracle process and software owner accounts, DBAs, auditors, or backup accounts are listed, this is a finding. Compare path to $ORACLE_HOME. If audit_file_dest is a subdirectory of $ORACLE_HOME, this is a finding. On Windows Systems (From Windows Explorer): Browse to the directory specified. Select and right-click on the directory, select Properties, select the Security tab. On Windows hosts, records are also written to the Windows application event log. The location of the application event log is listed under Properties for the log under the Windows console. The default location is C:\WINDOWS\system32\config\EventLogs\AppEvent.Evt. If permissions are granted to everyone, this is a Finding. If any accounts other than the Administrators, DBAs, System group, auditors or backup operators are listed, this is a finding. Compare path to %ORACLE_HOME%. If audit_file_dest is a subdirectory of %ORACLE_HOME%, this is a finding.
Fix: F-62817r2_fix
Alter host system permissions to the AUDIT_FILE_DEST directory to the Oracle process and software owner accounts, DBAs, backup accounts, SAs (if required), and auditors. Authorize and document user access requirements to the directory outside of the Oracle, DBA, and SA account list in the System Security Plan.
- RMF Control
- AC-6
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000040
- Version
- O112-C2-004210
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-59855
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-74285r1_rule
Checks: C-60601r2_chk
Review procedures and practices. If there is not a policy requiring owners of privileged accounts to use non-privileged accounts for non-administrative activities, this is a finding. If there is evidence that owners of privileged accounts do not adhere to this policy, this is a finding.
Fix: F-65265r1_fix
Require that DBAs and other privileged users use non-privileged accounts for non-administrative activities.
- RMF Control
- CM-7
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000381
- Version
- O112-C2-011810
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-60141
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-74571r2_rule
Checks: C-60971r4_chk
Review the System Security Plan to determine if the use of the external procedure agent is authorized. Review the ORACLE_HOME/bin directory or search the ORACLE_BASE path for the executable extproc (UNIX) or extproc.exe (Windows). If external procedure agent is not authorized for use in the System Security Plan and the executable file does not exist or is restricted, this is not a finding. If external procedure agent is not authorized for use in the System Security Plan and the executable file exists and is not restricted, this is a finding. If use of the external procedure agent is authorized, ensure extproc is restricted to execution of authorized applications. External jobs are run using the account nobody by default. Review the contents of the file ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin/externaljob.ora for the lines run_user= and run_group=. If the user assigned to these parameters is not "nobody", this is a finding. For versions 11.1 and later, the external procedure agent (extproc executable) is available directly from the database and does not require definition in the listener.ora file for use. Review the contents of the file ORACLE_HOME/hs/admin/extproc.ora. If external processes are allowed, but the file does not exist, this is a finding. If the following entry does not appear in the file, this is a finding: EXTPROC_DLLS=ONLY:[dll full file name1]:[dll full file name2]:.. [dll full file name] represents a full path and file name. This list of file names is separated by ":". If "ONLY" is specified, then the list is restricted to allow execution of only the DLLs specified in the list and is not a finding. If "ANY" is specified, then there are no restrictions for execution except what is controlled by operating system permissions and is a finding. If no specification is made, any files located in the %ORACLE_HOME%\bin directory on Windows systems or $ORACLE_HOME/lib directory on UNIX systems can be executed (the default) and is a finding. Ensure that EXTPROC is not accessible from the listener. Review the listener.ora file. If any entries reference "extproc", this is a finding. Determine if the external procedure agent is in use per Oracle 10.x conventions. Review the listener.ora file. If any entries reference "extproc", then the agent is in use. If external procedure agent is not authorized for use in the System Security Plan and references to "extproc" exist, this is a finding. Sample listener.ora entries with extproc included: LISTENER = (DESCRIPTION = (ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = TCP)(HOST = 127.0.0.1)(PORT = 1521)) ) EXTLSNR = (DESCRIPTION = (ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = IPC)(KEY = EXTPROC)) ) SID_LIST_LISTENER = (SID_LIST = (SID_DESC = (GLOBAL_DBNAME = ORCL) (ORACLE_HOME = /home/oracle/app/oracle/product/11.1.0/db_1) (SID_NAME = ORCL) ) ) SID_LIST_EXTLSNR = (SID_LIST = (SID_DESC = (PROGRAM = extproc) (SID_NAME = PLSExtProc) (ORACLE_HOME = /home/oracle/app/oracle/product/11.1.0/db_1) (ENVS="EXTPROC_DLLS=ONLY:/home/app1/app1lib.so:/home/app2/app2lib.so, LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/private/app2/lib:/private/app1, MYPATH=/usr/fso:/usr/local/packages") ) ) Sample tnsnames.ora entries with extproc included: ORCL = (DESCRIPTION = (ADDRESS_LIST = (ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = TCP)(HOST = 127.0.0.1)(PORT = 1521)) ) (CONNECT_DATA = (SERVICE_NAME = ORCL) ) ) EXTPROC_CONNECTION_DATA = (DESCRIPTION = (ADDRESS_LIST = (ADDRESS = (PROTOCOL = IPC)(KEY = extproc)) ) (CONNECT_DATA = (SERVER = DEDICATED) (SERVICE_NAME = PLSExtProc) ) ) If EXTPROC is in use, confirm that a listener is dedicated to serving the external procedure agent (as shown above). View the protocols configured for the listener. For the listener to be dedicated, the only entries will be to specify extproc. If there is not a dedicated listener in use for the external procedure agent, this is a finding. If the PROTOCOL= specified is other than IPC, this is a finding. Verify and ensure extproc is restricted executing authorized external applications only and extproc is restricted to execution of authorized applications. Review the listener.ora file. If the following entry does not exist, this is a finding: EXTPROC_DLLS=ONLY:[dll full file name1]:[dll full file name2]:... [dll full file name] represents a full path and file name. This list of file names is separated by ":". If "ONLY" is specified, then the list is restricted to allow execution of only the DLLs specified in the list and is not a finding. If "ANY" is specified, then there are no restrictions for execution except what is controlled by operating system permissions and is a finding. If no specification is made, any files located in the %ORACLE_HOME%\bin directory on Windows systems or $ORACLE_HOME/lib directory on UNIX systems can be executed (the default) and is a finding. View the listener.ora file (usually in ORACLE_HOME/network/admin or directory specified by the TNS_ADMIN environment variable). If multiple listener processes are running, then the listener.ora file for each must be viewed. For each process, determine the directory specified in the ORACLE_HOME or TNS_ADMIN environment variable defined for the process account to locate the listener.ora file.
Fix: F-65729r2_fix
If the use of external procedure agent is required, then authorize and document the requirement in the System Security Plan. If the external procedure agent must be accessible to the Oracle listener, then specify this and authorize it in the System Security Plan. If use of the Oracle External Procedure agent is not required: - Stop the Oracle Listener process - Remove all references to extproc in the listener.ora and tnsnames.ora files - Alter the permissions on the executable files: UNIX - Remove read/write/execute permissions from owner, group and world Windows - Remove Groups/Users from the executable (except groups SYSTEM and ADMINISTRATORS) and allow READ [only] for SYSTEM and ADMINISTRATORS groups If required: - Restrict extproc execution to only authorized applications. - Specify EXTPROC_DLLS=ONLY: [list of authorized DLLS] in the extproc.ora and the listener.ora files - Create a separate, dedicated listener for use by the external procedure agent Please see the Oracle Net Services Administrators Guides, External Procedures section for detailed configuration information.
- RMF Control
- CM-5
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-001499
- Version
- O112-OS-010710
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-68861
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-83465r1_rule
Checks: C-69341r2_chk
Review monitoring procedures and implementation evidence to verify that monitoring of changes to database logic modules is done. Verify the list of objects (packages, procedures, functions, and triggers) being monitored is complete. If monitoring does not occur or is not complete, this is a finding.
Fix: F-75043r1_fix
Implement procedures to monitor for unauthorized changes to database logic modules. If a third-party automated tool is not employed, an automated job that reports on the objects of interest and compares them to the baseline report for the same will meet the requirement.
- RMF Control
- IA-2
- Severity
- M
- CCI
- CCI-000768
- Version
- O112-C2-013200
- Vuln IDs
-
- V-75031
- Rule IDs
-
- SV-89705r2_rule
Checks: C-74883r6_chk
Review DBMS settings, OS settings, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism settings to determine whether users logging in to non-privileged accounts locally are required to use multifactor authentication. If users logging into non-privileged accounts locally are not required to use multifactor authentication, this is a finding. Authentication is used to prove the identities of users who are attempting to log in to the database. Authenticating user identity is imperative in distributed environments, without which there can be little confidence in network security. Passwords are the most common means of authentication. Oracle Database enables strong authentication with Oracle authentication adapters that support various third-party authentication services, including TLS with digital certificates. If the $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin/sqlnet.ora contains entries similar to the following, TLS is enabled. (Note: This assumes that a single sqlnet.ora file, in the default location, is in use. Please see the supplemental file "Non-default sqlnet.ora configurations.pdf" for how to find multiple and/or differently located sqlnet.ora files.) SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_SERVICES= (BEQ, TCPS) SSL_VERSION = 1.0 SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION = TRUE WALLET_LOCATION = (SOURCE = (METHOD = FILE) (METHOD_DATA = (DIRECTORY = /u01/app/oracle/product/11.2.0/dbhome_1/owm/wallets) ) ) SSL_CIPHER_SUITES= (<cipher suite name>) ADR_BASE = /u01/app/oracle
Fix: F-81647r4_fix
Configure DBMS, OS, and/or enterprise-level authentication/access mechanism to require multifactor authentication for local users logging in to non-privileged accounts. If appropriate, enable support for Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols and multifactor authentication through the use of smart cards (CAC/PIV).